Usefull Words And Phrases

Question 1

Pumyeonghae

Answer 1

im positive

Question 2

Moreugesseoyo

Answer 2

I don’t know

Question 3

Uri chareom

Answer 3

like us

Question 4

Tsum

Answer 4

A step, progress, a little bit

Question 5

Geureosse

Answer 5

That’s right” or “I guess so”

Question 6

Boso wasso

Answer 6

ive come to visit. I have come to see. I came to see.

Question 7

Hambun uri manayo

Answer 7

We have half”

Question 8

Dulaseyo or Dulleoboda

Answer 8

Look around” or “take a look”
To look around or to take a look

Question 9

gungjanghi

Answer 9

very, extremely

Question 10

jeongmallo

Answer 10

really, truly

Question 11

mwola

Answer 11

What did you say

Question 12

mwohae

Answer 12

What are you doing?

Question 13

mworago

Answer 13

What did you say?

Question 14

Anikka

Answer 14

Because (reasoning)

Question 15

Amado

Answer 15

Maybe” or “Perhaps

Question 16

Isanghada

Answer 16

to be strange

Question 17

Bissada

Answer 17

to be expensive

Question 18

Bappeuda

Answer 18

to be busy

Question 19

Yeogineun jeo ga

Answer 19

This place is here

Question 20

Yeogineun je

Answer 20

this is my or Here is mine

Question 21

Geureotseo

Answer 21

like that,” or “in that way

Question 22

deulda
Noraereul jal deulda
Nyuseureul deureuseyo
Geuui iyagireul deulda
Geudeuri daehwaha-neun geol deulda
I sorireul deureumyeon gibuni joajyeo

Answer 22

to take” or “to pick up
Here are some sample sentences using “deulda” (듣다), which means “to listen” or “to hear”:

1. 노래를 잘 듣다.
   
   • Noraereul jal deulda.
   • “Listen to the song well.”
2. 뉴스를 들으세요?
   
   • Nyuseureul deureuseyo?
   • “Do you listen to the news?”
3. 그의 이야기를 듣다.
   
   • Geuui iyagireul deulda.
   • “Listen to his story.”
4. 그들이 대화하는 걸 듣다.
   
   • Geudeuri daehwaha-neun geol deulda.
   • “I hear them talking.”
5. 이 소리를 들으면 기분이 좋아져.
   
   • I sorireul deureumyeon gibuni joajyeo.
   • “Hearing this sound makes me feel good.”

Question 23

Geulae or Geurae

Answer 23

yes” or “that’s right”

Question 24

Ireoke hamkke
Ireoke hamkke hamyeon deo jaemiisseul geoya
Ireoke hamkke yeohaenghamyeon manheun chueogi saenggil geoya
Ireoke hamkke ilhamyeon hwolssin hyoyuljeogiya
Ireoke hamkke haneun geosi jungyohhae.
Ireoke hamkke sigan-eul bonaeneun ge neomu joha.

Answer 24

Like this together” or “Together like this”
Here are some sample sentences using “ireoke hamkke” (이렇게 함께), which means “together like this” or “in this way together”:

1. 이렇게 함께 하면 더 재미있을 거야.
   
   • Ireoke hamkke hamyeon deo jaemiisseul geoya.
   • “It will be more fun if we do it together like this.”
2. 이렇게 함께 여행하면 많은 추억이 생길 거야.
   
   • Ireoke hamkke yeohaenghamyeon manheun chueogi saenggil geoya.
   • “If we travel together like this, we will make many memories.”
3. 이렇게 함께 일하면 훨씬 효율적이야.
   
   • Ireoke hamkke ilhamyeon hwolssin hyoyuljeogiya.
   • “It’s much more efficient if we work together like this.”
4. 이렇게 함께 하는 것이 중요해.
   
   • Ireoke hamkke haneun geosi jungyohhae.
   • “It is important to do this together like this.”
5. 이렇게 함께 시간을 보내는 게 너무 좋아.
   
   • Ireoke hamkke sigan-eul bonaeneun ge neomu joha.
   • “I really like spending time together like this.”

These sentences reflect the concept of doing things together in a specific way or context.

Question 25

Igeon du

Answer 25

This is two” or “These are two”

Question 26

Namja

Answer 26

man” or “guy”

Question 27

Geureomanen
Geureomanen an dwa
Geureomanen haegyeolhal su eopseo.
Geureomanen mid-eul su eopseo
Geureomanen chungbunhaji anha
Geureomanen daleul su isseo

Answer 27

however” or “but
The phrase “geureomanen” (그렇게만은) is often used to mean “only like that” or “just like that.” It implies that something is limited or restricted to a particular way or manner.

1. 그렇게만은 안 돼.
   
   • Geureomanen an dwae.
   • “It can’t be done just like that.”
2. 그렇게만은 해결할 수 없어.
   
   • Geureomanen haegyeolhal su eopseo.
   • “You can’t solve it just like that.”
3. 그렇게만은 믿을 수 없어.
   
   • Geureomanen mid-eul su eopseo.
   • “I can’t believe it just like that.”
4. 그렇게만은 충분하지 않아.
   
   • Geureomanen chungbunhaji anha.
   • “It’s not enough just like that.”
5. 그렇게만은 다를 수 있어.
   
   • Geureomanen daleul su isseo.
   • “It could be different just like that.”

These sentences convey limitations or conditions that are tied to a specific way of doing or understanding something.

Question 28

Aigoo neumo apayo

Answer 28

Oh no, it hurts a lot

Question 29

Jungyohada
Igeon jinjja jungyohhae
Geugeon byeollo jungyohaji anha
Oneureun gongbuga jeil jungyohhae
Jungyohan ilbuteo meonjeo cheorihaja
I munjeneun aju jungyohhae

Answer 29

to be important
In informal Korean, “jungyohada” (중요하다), which means “to be important,” is commonly expressed as “jungyohajida” (중요하지다) or simply “jungyohada” (중요하다) without the more formal endings.

1. 이건 진짜 중요해.
   
   • Igeon jinjja jungyohhae.
   • “This is really important.”
2. 그건 별로 중요하지 않아.
   
   • Geugeon byeollo jungyohaji anha.
   • “That’s not very important.”
3. 오늘은 공부가 제일 중요해.
   
   • Oneureun gongbuga jeil jungyohhae.
   • “Today, studying is the most important.”
4. 중요한 일부터 먼저 처리하자.
   
   • Jungyohan ilbuteo meonjeo cheorihaja.
   • “Let’s handle the important tasks first.”
5. 이 문제는 아주 중요해.
   
   • I munjeneun aju jungyohhae.
   • “This issue is very important.”

These informal sentences convey the importance of various subjects or actions in a casual manner.

Question 30

Palda
Geuneun junggochareul palda
Jeoneun oraedoen chaeg-eul palgo sipeoyo
I gageso-neun sinbareul pal-ayo
Geunyeoneun jasini mandeun mokgeorireul palgo isseoyo
Saero gaeseoldoen maketeseo gwail-eul palgo issseubnida

Answer 30

to sell
Here are some sample sentences using “palda” (팔다), which means “to sell”:

1. 그는 중고차를 팔다.
   
   • Geuneun junggochareul palda.
   • “He sells used cars.”
2. 저는 오래된 책을 팔고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun oraedoen chaeg-eul palgo sipeoyo.
   • “I want to sell my old books.”
3. 이 가게에서는 신발을 팔아요.
   
   • I gageso-neun sinbareul pal-ayo.
   • “This store sells shoes.”
4. 그녀는 자신이 만든 목걸이를 팔고 있어요.
   
   • Geunyeoneun jasini mandeun mokgeorireul palgo isseoyo.
   • “She is selling the necklace she made.”
5. 새로 개설된 마켓에서 과일을 팔고 있습니다.
   
   • Saero gaeseoldoen maketeseo gwail-eul palgo issseubnida.
   • “They are selling fruits at the newly opened market.”

These sentences illustrate various contexts in which “palda” can be used to describe selling something.

Question 31

Igeo bureo?
Geu beonhoro igeo bureojuseyo
Igeo bureoya hal siganieyo
Igeo bureoseo hwaginhae boseyo
Jeonhwaga pil-yohamyeon igeo bureo juseyo

Answer 31

Call this out, sing this
What do you want to watch?”
Here are some sample sentences using “igeo bureo” (이거 불러) which can mean “call this” or “make this call”:

1. 그 번호로 이거 불러주세요.
   
   • Geu beonhoro igeo bureojuseyo.
   • “Please call this number.”
2. 이거 불러야 할 시간이에요.
   
   • Igeo bureoya hal siganieyo.
   • “It’s time to make this call.”
3. 이거 불러서 확인해 보세요.
   
   • Igeo bureoseo hwaginhae boseyo.
   • “Call this and check.”
4. 전화가 필요하면 이거 불러 주세요.
   
   • Jeonhwaga pil-yohamyeon igeo bureo juseyo.
   • “If you need a call, please make this call.”

These examples show how “igeo bureo” can be used to indicate making a call or contacting someone using a specific number or method.

Question 32

Jeoneun anga leyo
Jeoneun geu moime an garyeoyo
Jeoneun oneul jeonyeoge an garyeoyo
Jeoneun geu pati-e an garyeoyo, dareun gyehoegi isseoyo
Jeoneun geogi-e an garyeoyo, jibe isseul geoyeyo

Answer 32

I don’t want to go.” I won’t go
Here are some sample sentences using “jeoneun anga leyo” (저는 안가려요), which means “I am not going” or “I won’t go”:

1. 저는 그 모임에 안가려요.
   
   • Jeoneun geu moime an garyeoyo.
   • “I am not going to that meeting.”
2. 저는 오늘 저녁에 안가려요.
   
   • Jeoneun oneul jeonyeoge an garyeoyo.
   • “I won’t go out tonight.”
3. 저는 그 파티에 안가려요, 다른 계획이 있어요.
   
   • Jeoneun geu pati-e an garyeoyo, dareun gyehoegi isseoyo.
   • “I am not going to the party; I have other plans.”
4. 저는 거기에 안가려요, 집에 있을 거예요.
   
   • Jeoneun geogi-e an garyeoyo, jibe isseul geoyeyo.
   • “I am not going there; I’ll be at home.”

These sentences reflect various contexts where you might use “jeoneun anga leyo” to indicate that you are not planning to go somewhere.

Question 33

Geunyeo/ Geunyeoneun

Answer 33

She/ Female or object

Question 34

Chuwo or Chupta
Oneul nalssiga manhi chupta
Bakke nagamyeon neomu chuwoseo oetu-reul ibeoya hae
I bang-eun neomu chupta. Hiteo-reul kyeoja
Chuun nalssieneun ttatteushan eumryo-reul masineun ge johta

Answer 34

Cold
Here are some sample sentences using “chupta” (춥다), which means “to be cold”:

1. 오늘 날씨가 많이 춥다.
   
   • Oneul nalssiga manhi chupta.
   • “The weather is very cold today.”
2. 밖에 나가면 너무 추워서 외투를 입어야 해.
   
   • Bakke nagamyeon neomu chuwoseo oetu-reul ibeoya hae.
   • “It’s so cold outside that you need to wear a coat.”
3. 이 방은 너무 춥다. 히터를 켜자.
   
   • I bang-eun neomu chupta. Hiteo-reul kyeoja.
   • “This room is too cold. Let’s turn on the heater.”
4. 추운 날씨에는 따뜻한 음료를 마시는 게 좋다.
   
   • Chuun nalssieneun ttatteushan eumryo-reul masineun ge johta.
   • “It’s good to drink a warm beverage in cold weather.”

These sentences demonstrate how “chupta” can be used to describe cold temperatures or environments.

Question 35

Geureonikka
Nalssiga joha-seo bakke nagago sipeo
I eumsigi masisseunikka deo meokgo sipeo
Geu yeonghwa-ga jaemi-isseunikka gati boja
Nalssiga chubjiman, naega ttatteuthage ibeunikka gwaenchanha

Answer 35

so;therefore;for that reason;on that account that’s right’, ‘of course’, ‘that’s what I am saying’ or ‘I think so, too’ i
Here are some sample sentences using “johta” (좋다) meaning “to be good” and “geureonikka” (그러니까) meaning “so” or “because”:

1. 날씨가 좋아서 밖에 나가고 싶어.
   
   • Nalssiga joha-seo bakke nagago sipeo.
   • “The weather is good, so I want to go outside.”
2. 이 음식이 맛있으니까 더 먹고 싶어.
   
   • I eumsigi masisseunikka deo meokgo sipeo.
   • “The food is delicious, so I want to eat more.”
3. 그 영화가 재미있으니까 같이 보자.
   
   • Geu yeonghwa-ga jaemi-isseunikka gati boja.
   • “The movie is interesting, so let’s watch it together.”
4. 날씨가 춥지만, 내가 따뜻하게 입으니까 괜찮아.
   
   • Nalssiga chubjiman, naega ttatteuthage ibeunikka gwaenchanha.
   • “It’s cold, but because I’m dressed warmly, it’s okay.”

These sentences combine “johta” to express what is good or desirable and “geureonikka” to explain the reason or cause.

Question 36

Jom deo sepeuseyo
Jogeum deo sepeuge haejwo
I bubun jom deo sepeuge hae
Jom deo sepeuge darwoya hae
Ilhal ttae jom deo sepeuge hae

Answer 36

Please speak a bit louder. Please try a little harder or please put in a little more effort
Here are some informal sample sentences using “jom deo sepeuseyo” (좀 더 세프세요) meaning “a bit more careful” or “a little more careful”:

1. 조금 더 세프게 해줘.
   
   • Jogeum deo sepeuge haejwo.
   • “Be a little more careful.”
2. 이 부분 좀 더 세프게 해.
   
   • I bubun jom deo sepeuge hae.
   • “Make this part a bit more careful.”
3. 좀 더 세프게 다뤄야 해.
   
   • Jom deo sepeuge darwoya hae.
   • “You need to handle it a bit more carefully.”
4. 일할 때 좀 더 세프게 해.
   
   • Ilhal ttae jom deo sepeuge hae.
   • “Be a bit more careful while working.”

Question 37

Eolmanayo
Igeo eolmana hae?
Eolmana geollyeo?
Neomu mani meogeoseo eolmana baega bureunji molla
I munjeneun eolmana eoryeo?
Eolmana gidaryeoya hae?

Answer 37

How many?
Here are some informal sample sentences using “eolmana” (얼마나), which means “how much” or “how many”:

1. 이거 얼마나 해?
   
   • Igeo eolmana hae?
   • “How much is this?”
2. 얼마나 걸려?
   
   • Eolmana geollyeo?
   • “How long does it take?”
3. 너무 많이 먹어서 얼마나 배가 부른지 몰라.
   
   • Neomu mani meogeoseo eolmana baega bureunji molla.
   • “I ate so much that I don’t know how full I am.”
4. 이 문제는 얼마나 어려워?
   
   • I munjeneun eolmana eoryeo?
   • “How difficult is this problem?”
5. 얼마나 기다려야 해?
   
   • Eolmana gidaryeoya hae?
   • “How long do I have to wait?”

Question 38

Eolmaeyo

Answer 38

How much?

Question 39

Geureotda
Geu sarami malhan daero geureoke hae.
I eumsigi masitdago hanikka nado geureoke saenggakae
Geu sarameun hangsang geureoke haengdonghae
Neoga han mari maja, nado geureoke saenggakae
I bangbeobi hyogwajeogirago haeseo nado geureoke hal geoya

Answer 39

to be so, to be that way, to be like that
Here are some informal sample sentences using “geureotda” (그렇다), which means “to be so” or “to be like that”:

1. 그 사람이 말한 대로 그렇게 해.
   
   • Geu sarami malhan daero geureoke hae.
   • “Do it as that person said.”
2. 이 음식이 맛있다고 하니까 나도 그렇게 생각해.
   
   • I eumsigi masitdago hanikka nado geureoke saenggakae.
   • “Since they said this food is delicious, I think so too.”
3. 그 사람은 항상 그렇게 행동해.
   
   • Geu sarameun hangsang geureoke haengdonghae.
   • “That person always acts like that.”
4. 너가 한 말이 맞아, 나도 그렇게 생각해.
   
   • Neoga han mari maja, nado geureoke saenggakae.
   • “What you said is right; I think so too.”
5. 이 방법이 효과적이라고 해서 나도 그렇게 할 거야.
   
   • I bangbeobi hyogwajeogirago haeseo nado geureoke hal geoya.
   • “Since this method is effective, I will do it like that too.”

Question 40

Geureohge
Geureohge hamyeon deo swipge hal su isseo
Geureohge gidarimyeon neujeojil geoya.
Ireohge haedo gwaenchana, geureohge haji ma
Geureohge malhamyeon ohaehal su isseo
Geureohge yeolsimhi gongbuhae

Answer 40

in that way, like that
Here are some informal sample sentences using “geureohge” (그렇게), which means “like that” or “in that way”:

1. 그렇게 하면 더 쉽게 할 수 있어.
   
   • Geureohge hamyeon deo swipge hal su isseo.
   • “If you do it like that, you can do it more easily.”
2. 그렇게 기다리면 늦어질 거야.
   
   • Geureohge gidarimyeon neujeojil geoya.
   • “If you wait like that, it will be delayed.”
3. 이렇게 해도 괜찮아, 그렇게 하지 마.
   
   • Ireohge haedo gwaenchana, geureohge haji ma.
   • “It’s okay to do it like this; don’t do it like that.”
4. 그렇게 말하면 오해할 수 있어.
   
   • Geureohge malhamyeon ohaehal su isseo.
   • “If you say it like that, it could be misunderstood.”
5. 그렇게 열심히 공부해.
   
   • Geureohge yeolsimhi gongbuhae.
   • “Study hard like that.”

Question 41

Geuraedo
Geureohke neujeossneunde, geuraedo ajikdo gihoega isseo.
Don-i eopjiman, geuraedo jaemiitge nolja.
Himdeureodo, geuraedo pogihaji ma
Gibuni an jotjiman, geuraedo wajwoseo gomawo
I iri eoryeobjiman, geuraedo hal su isseul geoya

Answer 41

still or yet, though, nevertheless
Here are some informal sample sentences using “geuraedo” (그래도), which means “even so” or “nevertheless”:

1. 그렇게 늦었는데, 그래도 아직도 기회가 있어.
   
   • Geureohke neujeossneunde, geuraedo ajikdo gihoega isseo.
   • “Even though it’s so late, there’s still a chance.”
2. 돈이 없지만, 그래도 재미있게 놀자.
   
   • Don-i eopjiman, geuraedo jaemiitge nolja.
   • “Even though we don’t have money, let’s have fun.”
3. 힘들어도, 그래도 포기하지 마.
   
   • Himdeureodo, geuraedo pogihaji ma.
   • “Even if it’s hard, don’t give up.”
4. 기분이 안 좋지만, 그래도 와줘서 고마워.
   
   • Gibuni an jotjiman, geuraedo wajwoseo gomawo.
   • “Even though I’m not feeling well, thank you for coming.”
5. 이 일이 어렵지만, 그래도 할 수 있을 거야.
   
   • I iri eoryeobjiman, geuraedo hal su isseul geoya.
   • “Even though this job is difficult, I can still do it.”

Question 42

Geurigo

Answer 42

and or and then

Question 43

Geureoseo

Answer 43

because of that, so, therefore

Question 44

Geureom

Answer 44

sure, of course, then or so

Question 45

Geureon-de or Geunde

Answer 45

but or however

Question 46

Geugotkkaj
Geugeotkkaji haejwoya hae
Geugeotkkaji gidaril su isseo
I munjeneun geugotkkaji haegyeolhaeya hae
Geugeotkkaji da hamyeon, swieodo dwae.
Geugeotkkajineun cham-eul su isseo

Answer 46

up to that point” or “until that
Here are some informal sample sentences using “geugotkkaj” (그것까지), which means “up to that” or “until that”:

1. 그것까지 해줘야 해.
   
   • Geugeotkkaji haejwoya hae.
   • “You need to do it up to that.”
2. 그것까지 기다릴 수 있어.
   
   • Geugeotkkaji gidaril su isseo.
   • “I can wait until that.”
3. 이 문제는 그곳까지 해결해야 해.
   
   • I munjeneun geugotkkaji haegyeolhaeya hae.
   • “This problem needs to be solved up to that point.”
4. 그것까지 다 하면, 쉬어도 돼.
   
   • Geugeotkkaji da hamyeon, swieodo dwae.
   • “If you finish everything up to that, you can take a break.”
5. 그것까지는 참을 수 있어.
   
   • Geugeotkkajineun cham-eul su isseo.
   • “I can tolerate up to that.”

Question 47

Ireoke
Ireoke hamyeon deo swiwoyo
Ireoke kyesokhamyeon an dwae
Ireoke gamyeon mokjeogjie dochakhal geoya.
Ireoke seolmyeonghae junikka ihaega deo jal dwae
Ireoke chakan sarameun cheoeum bwa.

Answer 47

like this, in this way
Here are some informal sample sentences using “ireoke” (이렇게), which means “like this” or “this way”:

1. 이렇게 하면 더 쉬워.
   
   • Ireoke hamyeon deo swiwoyo.
   • “If you do it like this, it’s easier.”
2. 이렇게 계속하면 안 돼.
   
   • Ireoke kyesokhamyeon an dwae.
   • “You can’t keep doing it this way.”
3. 이렇게 가면 목적지에 도착할 거야.
   
   • Ireoke gamyeon mokjeogjie dochakhal geoya.
   • “If you go like this, you’ll reach the destination.”
4. 이렇게 설명해 주니까 이해가 더 잘 돼.
   
   • Ireoke seolmyeonghae junikka ihaega deo jal dwae.
   • “Since you explained it like this, I understand it better.”
5. 이렇게 착한 사람은 처음 봐.
   
   • Ireoke chakan sarameun cheoeum bwa.
   • “I’ve never seen someone as kind as this.”

Question 48

Geureohge geunyang
Geureohge geunyang dumyeon an dwae.
Geureohge geunyang neomeogaji ma.
Geureohge geunyang gado gwaenchanha
Geureohge geunyang hamyeon doel geoya.
Geureohge geunyang hamyeon doel geoya.

Answer 48

just like that or in that way
Here are some informal sample sentences using “geureohge geunyang” (그렇게 그냥), which means “just like that” or “just the way it is”:

1. 그렇게 그냥 두면 안 돼.
   
   • Geureohge geunyang dumyeon an dwae.
   • “You can’t just leave it like that.”
2. 그렇게 그냥 넘어가지 마.
   
   • Geureohge geunyang neomeogaji ma.
   • “Don’t just let it pass like that.”
3. 그렇게 그냥 가도 괜찮아.
   
   • Geureohge geunyang gado gwaenchanha.
   • “It’s okay to just go like that.”
4. 그렇게 그냥 얘기해 봐.
   
   • Geureohge geunyang yaegihae bwa.
   • “Just say it like that.”
5. 그렇게 그냥 하면 될 거야.
   
   • Geureohge geunyang hamyeon doel geoya.
   • “It’ll be fine if you just do it like that.”

Question 49

Jigeum buteo
Jigeum buteo sijakhae boja
Jigeum buteo jipjunghaera
Jigeum buteoneun naui siganida
Jigeum buteo nega hae
Jigeum buteo deo yeolsimhi haeya hae

Answer 49

from now on
Here are some informal sample sentences using “jigeum buteo” (지금부터), which means “from now on” or “starting now”:

1. 지금부터 시작해 보자.
   
   • Jigeum buteo sijakhae boja.
   • “Let’s start from now.”
2. 지금부터 집중해라.
   
   • Jigeum buteo jipjunghaera.
   • “Focus starting now.”
3. 지금부터는 나의 시간이다.
   
   • Jigeum buteoneun naui siganida.
   • “From now on, it’s my time.”
4. 지금부터 네가 해.
   
   • Jigeum buteo nega hae.
   • “You do it from now on.”
5. 지금부터 더 열심히 해야 해.
   
   • Jigeum buteo deo yeolsimhi haeya hae.
   • “You need to work harder from now on.”

Question 50

Jigeum kkaji

Answer 50

Until now

Question 51

Gwaenchanha?

Answer 51

are you ok?

Question 52

Daebak!

Answer 52

amazing!, fantastic!, awesome!

Question 53

Mot haeyo
I munjeneun mot haeyo
Jeoneun suyeongeul mot haeyo
Geu ireul mot haeyo
Oneureun neujeoseo mot haeyo
Geu chaegeun neomu eoryeowoseo mot haeyo

Answer 53

I can’t do it
Here are some sample sentences using “mot haeyo” (못 해요), which means “can’t do” or “unable to do”:

1. 이 문제는 못 해요.
   
   • I munjeneun mot haeyo.
   • “I can’t solve this problem.”
2. 저는 수영을 못 해요.
   
   • Jeoneun suyeongeul mot haeyo.
   • “I can’t swim.”
3. 그 일을 못 해요.
   
   • Geu ireul mot haeyo.
   • “I can’t do that work.”
4. 오늘은 늦어서 못 해요.
   
   • Oneureun neujeoseo mot haeyo.
   • “I can’t do it today because I’m late.”
5. 그 책은 너무 어려워서 못 해요.
   
   • Geu chaegeun neomu eoryeowoseo mot haeyo.
   • “I can’t read that book because it’s too difficult.”

Question 54

An doeda
Yeogiseoneun dambae-reul an dwaeyo.
Geu ireun jigeum an dwaeyo
I gyuchigeul eogimyeon an dwaeyo
I jepumeun hwanbul-i an dwaeyo
I goeseo juchaneun an dwaeyo

Answer 54

not permitted or not possible, to not be allowed, to not work out
Here are some sample sentences using “an doeda” (안 되다), which means “not allowed” or “cannot”:

1. 여기서는 담배를 안 돼요.
   
   • Yeogiseoneun dambae-reul an dwaeyo.
   • “Smoking is not allowed here.”
2. 그 일은 지금 안 돼요.
   
   • Geu ireun jigeum an dwaeyo.
   • “That task cannot be done right now.”
3. 이 규칙을 어기면 안 돼요.
   
   • I gyuchigeul eogimyeon an dwaeyo.
   • “You must not break this rule.”
4. 이 제품은 환불이 안 돼요.
   
   • I jepumeun hwanbul-i an dwaeyo.
   • “This product cannot be refunded.”
5. 이 곳에서 주차는 안 돼요.
   
   • I goeseo juchaneun an dwaeyo.
   • “Parking is not allowed in this area.”

Question 55

An dwae

Answer 55

not allowed or cannot

Question 56

Aneunde
Geu yeonghwa-neun jaemi-itdago deureotneunde, naneun ajik an bwass-eo.
I munje-neun eoryeoun jul al-assneunde, saeng-gakboda swipdeora
Geu saram-eun jaju jigaghandago hadeonde, oneul-eun jesigan-e wasseon
eumsig-eun mas-itdago haessneunde, nahante-neun byeollo-yeoss-eo
Nalssiga johdago haessneunde, biga ogo iss-eo

Answer 56

but, and , however
Here are some sample sentences using “aneunde” (아는데), which means “but” or “although” in the context of giving a contrasting statement:

1. 그 영화는 재미있다고 들었는데, 나는 아직 안 봤어.
   
   • Geu yeonghwa-neun jaemi-itdago deureotneunde, naneun ajik an bwass-eo.
   • “I heard that movie is interesting, but I haven’t seen it yet.”
2. 이 문제는 어려운 줄 알았는데, 생각보다 쉽더라.
   
   • I munje-neun eoryeoun jul al-assneunde, saeng-gakboda swipdeora.
   • “I thought this problem was difficult, but it turned out to be easier than I thought.”
3. 그 사람은 자주 지각한다고 하던데, 오늘은 제시간에 왔어.
   
   • Geu saram-eun jaju jigaghandago hadeonde, oneul-eun jesigan-e wasseon.
   • “I heard that person is often late, but they arrived on time today.”
4. 이 음식은 맛있다고 했는데, 나한테는 별로였어.
   
   • I eumsig-eun mas-itdago haessneunde, nahante-neun byeollo-yeoss-eo.
   • “I was told this food was delicious, but it wasn’t that great to me.”
5. 날씨가 좋다고 했는데, 비가 오고 있어.
   
   • Nalssiga johdago haessneunde, biga ogo iss-eo.
   • “I was told the weather would be nice, but it’s raining.”

Question 57

Ireon
Ireon nalssie bakke nagago sipji anha.
Ireon munje-neun cheoeum gyeokkobwaseo eotteohge haeya halji moreugess-eoyo
Ireon sanghwang-eseoneun chimchakhage daecheohaneun geos-i jung-yohhaeyo
Ireon il-i tto il-eonamyeon eotteohge haeya halji moreugess-eoyo
Ireon joheun gihoega jaju oji anh-eunikka jal hwaryonghas-eo-yeyo

Answer 57

this kind of , or like this, this sort of
Here are some sample sentences using “ireon” (이런), which means “such” or “like this”:

1. 이런 날씨에 밖에 나가고 싶지 않아.
   
   • Ireon nalssie bakke nagago sipji anha.
   • “I don’t want to go outside in such weather.”
2. 이런 문제는 처음 겪어봐서 어떻게 해야 할지 모르겠어요.
   
   • Ireon munje-neun cheoeum gyeokkobwaseo eotteohge haeya halji moreugess-eoyo.
   • “Since it’s the first time encountering such a problem, I don’t know what to do.”
3. 이런 상황에서는 침착하게 대처하는 것이 중요해요.
   
   • Ireon sanghwang-eseoneun chimchakhage daecheohaneun geos-i jung-yohhaeyo.
   • “In such a situation, it is important to respond calmly.”
4. 이런 일이 또 일어나면 어떻게 해야 할지 모르겠어요.
   
   • Ireon il-i tto il-eonamyeon eotteohge haeya halji moreugess-eoyo.
   • “I don’t know what to do if such an incident happens again.”
5. 이런 좋은 기회가 자주 오지 않으니까 잘 활용하세요.
   
   • Ireon joheun gihoega jaju oji anh-eunikka jal hwaryonghas-eo-yeyo.
   • “Since such good opportunities don’t come often, make sure to make the most of it.”

Question 58

Maja
Geu yeonghwa jeongmal jaemit-eoss-eo. Maja, nado geureohge saeng-gaghae.*
Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joha. Maja, jeongmal malggo siwonhae
I munje-ui dap-eun 42-ya. Maja, matneun dap-iya
Geu saram-eun hangsang neujge oneungunyo. Maja, je sigan-e mat-chug-i-ga himdeureohaeyo
I resipidaelo mandeulmyen seong-gonghal geoya. Maja, jeonghwaghan bangbeob-iya

Answer 58

that’s right, you are correct
Here are some sample sentences using “maja” (맞아), which means “that’s right” or “correct”:

1. 그 영화 정말 재밌었어. 맞아, 나도 그렇게 생각해.
   
   • Geu yeonghwa jeongmal jaemit-eoss-eo. Maja, nado geureohge saeng-gaghae.
   • “The movie was really fun. That’s right, I think so too.”
2. 오늘 날씨가 정말 좋아. 맞아, 정말 맑고 시원해.
   
   • Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joha. Maja, jeongmal malggo siwonhae.
   • “The weather is really nice today. That’s right, it’s really clear and cool.”
3. 이 문제의 답은 42야. 맞아, 맞는 답이야.
   
   • I munje-ui dap-eun 42-ya. Maja, matneun dap-iya.
   • “The answer to this question is 42. That’s right, it’s the correct answer.”
4. 그 사람은 항상 늦게 오는군요. 맞아, 제 시간에 맞추기가 힘들어해요.
   
   • Geu saram-eun hangsang neujge oneungunyo. Maja, je sigan-e mat-chug-i-ga himdeureohaeyo.
   • “That person is always late. That’s right, they have trouble being on time.”
5. 이 레시피대로 만들면 성공할 거야. 맞아, 정확한 방법이야.
   
   • I resipidaelo mandeulmyen seong-gonghal geoya. Maja, jeonghwaghan bangbeob-iya.
   • “If you follow this recipe, you’ll succeed. That’s right, it’s the right method.”

Question 59

Gatchi
Uri gatchi yeonghwa boreo galkkayo?
I peurojekteureul gatchi hamyeon deo jal doel geoyeyo
Oneul jeonyeog-eun gatchi meogja
Geunyeowa gatchi sanchaekhago sipeo.
Urineun maeju il-yoil-e gatchi undonghae

Answer 59

together or with
Here are some sample sentences using “gatchi” (같이), which means “together”:

1. 우리 같이 영화 보러 갈까요?
   
   • Uri gatchi yeonghwa boreo galkkayo?
   • “Shall we go watch a movie together?”
2. 이 프로젝트를 같이 하면 더 잘 될 거예요.
   
   • I peurojekteureul gatchi hamyeon deo jal doel geoyeyo.
   • “If we work on this project together, it will turn out better.”
3. 오늘 저녁은 같이 먹자.
   
   • Oneul jeonyeog-eun gatchi meogja.
   • “Let’s have dinner together tonight.”
4. 그녀와 같이 산책하고 싶어요.
   
   • Geunyeowa gatchi sanchaekhago sipeoyo.
   • “I want to go for a walk together with her.”
5. 우리는 매주 일요일에 같이 운동해요.
   
   • Urineun maeju il-yoil-e gatchi undonghaeyo.
   • “We exercise together every Sunday.”

Question 60

Dareun ttaemune
Geuneun dareun saram ttaemune hoe-eui-e neujeosseoyo
*I munje-neun dareun iyu ttaemune balseonghaess-eoyo
Ibeon yeohaeng-eun dareun iljeong ttaemune chwisohess-eoyo
Geunyeoneun dareun il ttaemune yaksog-eul mot jikyeoss-eoyo
Hoeuig-a dareun munje ttaemune yeong-gi doeeoss-eoyo

Answer 60

because of a different reason” or “for another reason.
Here are some sample sentences using “dareun ttaemune” (다른 때문에), which means “because of something different” or “due to something else”:

1. 그는 다른 사람 때문에 회의에 늦었어요.
   
   • Geuneun dareun saram ttaemune hoe-eui-e neujeosseoyo.
   • “He was late to the meeting because of someone else.”
2. 이 문제는 다른 이유 때문에 발생했어요.
   
   • I munje-neun dareun iyu ttaemune balseonghaess-eoyo.
   • “This problem occurred due to another reason.”
3. 이번 여행은 다른 일정 때문에 취소했어요.
   
   • Ibeon yeohaeng-eun dareun iljeong ttaemune chwisohess-eoyo.
   • “This trip was canceled because of a different schedule.”
4. 그녀는 다른 일 때문에 약속을 못 지켰어요.
   
   • Geunyeoneun dareun il ttaemune yaksog-eul mot jikyeoss-eoyo.
   • “She couldn’t keep the promise because of other matters.”
5. 회의가 다른 문제 때문에 연기되었습니다.
   
   • Hoeuig-a dareun munje ttaemune yeong-gi doeeoss-eoyo.
   • “The meeting was postponed due to other issues.”

Question 61

Sarami Manhil surok
Salami manhil surok so-eum-i keojinda
Salami manhil surok bokjaphaejinda
Salami manhil surok daegi sigan-i gil-eojinda
Salami manhil surok gihoe-ga jul-eo-deunda.
Salami manhil surok gyeongjaeng-i simhaejind

Answer 61

its good to have many people
Here are some sample sentences using “sarami manhil surok” (사람이 많이 있을수록), which means “the more people there are”:

1. 사람이 많이 있을수록 소음이 커진다.
   
   • Salami manhil surok so-eum-i keojinda.
   • “The more people there are, the louder the noise becomes.”
2. 사람이 많이 있을수록 복잡해진다.
   
   • Salami manhil surok bokjaphaejinda.
   • “The more people there are, the more complicated it becomes.”
3. 사람이 많이 있을수록 대기 시간이 길어진다.
   
   • Salami manhil surok daegi sigan-i gil-eojinda.
   • “The more people there are, the longer the waiting time.”
4. 사람이 많이 있을수록 기회가 줄어든다.
   
   • Salami manhil surok gihoe-ga jul-eo-deunda.
   • “The more people there are, the fewer opportunities there are.”
5. 사람이 많이 있을수록 경쟁이 심해진다.
   
   • Salami manhil surok gyeongjaeng-i simhaejinda.
   • “The more people there are, the more intense the competition becomes.”

Question 62

Masitda

Answer 62

to taste good or delicious

Question 63

Masida

Answer 63

to drink

Question 64

Cheom

Answer 64

first” or “initially,

Question 65

Geureoso ppali

Answer 65

quickly” or “Hurry up”

Question 66

Itchanayo

Answer 66

Is it okay?” or “Is it fine?

Question 67

Geureoso Geunde

Answer 67

Well, but or so but

Question 68

Igeo wae

Answer 68

Why is this?

Question 69

Mae-il

Answer 69

every day

Question 70

Hal su isseo

Answer 70

I can do it” or “It is possible

Question 71

Jaemi eopseo

Answer 71

not interesting” or “not fun

Question 72

Jaemissgetda

Answer 72

interesting” or “fun

Question 73

Jaemiisseoyo

Answer 73

It’s interesting

Question 74

Sinnayo

Answer 74

It’s exciting” or “It’s fun

Question 75

Ajikdo

Answer 75

still” or “yet.

Question 76

Cheoreom

Answer 76

like” or “similar to

Question 77

Dwaeyo

Answer 77

it’s okay” or “it’s possible

Question 78

Norae

Answer 78

Song

Question 79

Bullah ne

Answer 79

Call it

Question 80

Hamkke

Answer 80

together (intimate, closeness)

Question 81

Gat-i

Answer 81

together or with (pronounced Gatchi) doing something together

Question 82

Bappeyo

Answer 82

Busy

Question 83

naeilkkaji!

Answer 83

until tomorrow

Question 84

Nado anjoaheyo

Answer 84

I don’t like it either” or “I don’t like it too”

Question 85

Geurae keyo

Answer 85

I agree

Question 86

Geureojiman

Answer 86

but” or “however

Question 87

Geureoji

Answer 87

like that” or “that’s right.” Just like that

Question 88

Ah, geureo geuna

Answer 88

Ah, is it really like that?”

Question 89

Geureoni

Answer 89

so” or “thus

Question 90

Geureotdamyeon

Answer 90

if so” or “then

Question 91

Geureomyeon

Answer 91

then” or “so” (in the sense of “if that’s the case”)

Question 92

Maja yo

Answer 92

Yes, that’s correct or Yes I agree

Question 93

Saramdeuri

Answer 93

people or the people

Question 94

Sim-ryeo

Answer 94

concern or worry

Question 95

Sip-eoyo

Answer 95

want or want to

Question 96

Damyeon

Answer 96

hypothetical situation.

Question 97

“Sasil” (사실)

Answer 97

actually” or “in fact, to be honest

It’s commonly used to preface a statement to indicate that the speaker is being sincere or truthful.

Question 98

Issnayo

Answer 98

Is there?” or “Do you have?

Question 99

Yeogi ga

Answer 99

Go here

Question 100

Jasin

Answer 100

Self or oneself

Question 101

Arasseo

Answer 101

i understand or i got it

Question 102

Ttaraseo

Answer 102

It means “therefore” or “consequently.

Question 103

Neunde, Hajiman, and Geureon-de-

Answer 103

“But” or however. Neunde/ Hajiman is a sentence connector. Geureon-de is introduce contrasting or unexpected statement

Question 104

Ibeon

Answer 104

This time

Question 105

Hambeon

Answer 105

Once

Question 106

Mwo hago

Answer 106

What are you doing?

Question 107

Mworeogeoso

Answer 107

What’s wrong?

Question 108

Morugeso

Answer 108

I don’t know

Question 109

Mwohaechim

Answer 109

What are you doing?

Question 110

“Hoksi” (혹시)

Answer 110

perhaps” “by any chance, or maybe

It’s used to introduce a possibility or to ask a question tentatively.

Question 111

Haeksimida

Answer 111

I understand” or “I see.

Question 112

Gungjanghi

Answer 112

very, extremely same as Neomu

Question 113

Botong

Answer 113

ordinary or “usual. (common or average)

Question 114

Geurae ga igee

Answer 114

yes im here

Question 115

Daerin geoya

Answer 115

that’s right. That’s correct

Question 116

Isseo sinika

Answer 116

its there so, well, so

Question 117

Jeoneun geunyang

Answer 117

i just, i simply

Question 118

Geuttak

Answer 118

quickly, promptly or right away

Question 119

Geulae

Answer 119

yes” or “that’s right”

Question 120

Neumo Geunde

Answer 120

yeah but, well but

Question 121

Dago

Answer 121

since, because

Question 122

Igeo eobseumyeon

Answer 122

If this is not available.

Question 123

Haru

Answer 123

Day

Question 124

Cheoreom Ireoke

Answer 124

like this, in this way

Question 125

Aneunde

Answer 125

introduce new topic because, as, or since, but, although, while and

Question 126

Yeogi esseo (isseo)

Answer 126

Im here

Question 127

Katchi or Gat-i

Answer 127

together or with

Question 128

Eodie wasseo?

Answer 128

Where are you?

Question 129

Jigeum cheoreom

Answer 129

like now” or “just like now”

Question 130

Sigan Cheoreom

Answer 130

like time..predictable or as time goes by, as time pass by

Question 131

Yeolsimhi

Answer 131

diligently, earnestly

Question 132

Dangsin-ui

Answer 132

your

Question 133

Yeojeom

Answer 133

a viewpoint or perspective. It can also mean a standpoint or standpoint.

Question 134

Mirae-e

Answer 134

in the future” or “to the future point of time

Question 135

Taenida

Answer 135

im relieved. I feel relieved

Question 136

Masineun nae

Answer 136

I am drinking

Question 137

Sip-eunde

Answer 137

to want, express desire or wish

Question 138

Nugu ya

Answer 138

who is it?

Question 139

Mwoteung

Answer 139

whatever or anything

Question 140

Geureotdago

Answer 140

because of that. So

Question 141

Geureotjiman

Answer 141

but, however

Question 142

Geureoke

Answer 142

like that, in that way

Question 143

Ga eoyo

Answer 143

im going

Question 144

Jinjjaro Daebak

Answer 144

seriously amazing, really awesome

Question 145

Yeoksi sarami

Answer 145

indeed a person, surely a person

Question 146

Amurado

Answer 146

anyway, in any case

Question 147

Yakgan

Answer 147

a little” or “somewhat

Question 148

Uri dareun

Answer 148

our different, our is not the same, our differences

Question 149

Ilbeon

Answer 149

once, one time

Question 150

Baro

Answer 150

right, exactly (pronounced Paro)

Question 151

Jasil

Answer 151

to drop or lose (losing something unintention)

Question 152

Taedo

Answer 152

attitude

Question 153

Geoya

Answer 153

will or going to

Question 154

Gago

Answer 154

going and can galgeyo as future tense

Question 155

Eolmaeyo

Answer 155

how much?

Question 156

Eolmanayo

Answer 156

how many?

Question 157

Sanikka

Answer 157

since or Because, since it is

Question 158

Anikka

Answer 158

Conjunction because, so, since, not expected or surprising outcome. Sanikka is expected or understood by speaker

Question 159

Waenyanhameon

Answer 159

Because

Question 160

Ttaemune

Answer 160

since, due to or because

Question 161

Geureoggi ttaemune

Answer 161

because of that” or “due to that.”

Question 162

Seolma haji

Answer 162

don’t tell me

Question 163

Ibeonen

Answer 163

this time

Question 164

Igeo nende

Answer 164

It’s nothing or This is nothing

Question 165

Igeonen

Answer 165

this is or this one

Question 166

yeoreobun

Answer 166

ladies and gentlemen

Question 167

Don eop-sseo

Answer 167

I don’t have money or I’m broke.
Don- pronounced as Tun

Question 168

jaemi eopseo

Answer 168

it’s not funny

Question 169

Geureotdago

Answer 169

is that so or so it is

Question 170

Guenyang

Answer 170

just or simply (no elaboration)

Question 171

Geuraeseo

Answer 171

so,” “thus,” or “therefore

Question 172

Geurigo

Answer 172

and

Question 173

Geureon-de eotoke

Answer 173

But how?” or “However, what should we do?”

Question 174

Kkaji

Answer 174

until or up to

Question 175

Jeongmallo

Answer 175

really or trully. Jeongmal and Jinjja (mallo intensify the meaning. Jinjjallo

Question 176

Itta ba eoyo

Answer 176

if it exists” or “if there is.

Question 177

Geuge

Answer 177

that or it (sounds like krugee)

Question 178

Arasseo ara tago

Answer 178

“Okay, I know and will go.”

Question 179

Ihaehaesseo

Answer 179

“I understood” or “I got it.”

Question 180

Cham-eulo

Answer 180

indeed; truly; really; in fact; honestly

Question 181

Geureoguna

Answer 181

Ah I see

Question 182

Algesseo or Geurae

Answer 182

I see, i understand

Question 183

Eotteohke

Answer 183

how..in what way

Question 184

ilgeoya

Answer 184

I will do it.

Question 185

Eottaeyo or eotteo

Answer 185

How about, or how

Question 186

Nollada

Answer 186

surprised

Question 187

silh-eohaeyo

Answer 187

I don’t like

Question 188

Silheyo

Answer 188

I’m sorry or excuse me

Question 189

Sirayo

Answer 189

I don’t know! it exist, it is, there is!, it’s there, is that so? Really? Has many meaning depends how it used in a sentence

Question 190

Jigeum Eotteohke halkka

Answer 190

what should i do now?

Question 191

Aja

Answer 191

come on (to motivate) to keep going

Question 192

Bogoshipo

Answer 192

i miss you

Question 193

Gajima

Answer 193

Don’t go (pronounced kajima)

Question 194

Ireoke

Answer 194

like this, so much, this much, in this way.

Question 195

Eottae kkaji

Answer 195

until when” or “how long.

Question 196

Ani geuna

Answer 196

No, it’s not like that” or “No, not really

Question 197

Bullah isseoyo-

Answer 197

It’s being called” or “It’s called.

Question 198

Ireoke hamkee

Answer 198

like this together” or “this way together

Question 199

Sireen

Answer 199

excuse me

Question 200

isseumnida vs isseubnikka

Answer 200

isseumnida- I am or there is/are.
isseubnikka- you are or is there/are there?

Question 201

Isseo sinika

Answer 201

because its there, since it’s there. Implying cause or reason

Question 202

Daerin geoya

Answer 202

that’s right. That’s correct

Question 203

Geurae ga igee

Answer 203

yes im here

Question 204

Haengbokhae

Answer 204

happy

Question 205

Seulpeoyo

Answer 205

It’s sad

Question 206

Apayo

Answer 206

it hurts or I’m in pain

Question 207

Geureoke

Answer 207

like that” or “in that way

Question 208

Seumyeon

Answer 208

Conjunction “if” or “when” used followed by verb ending.

Question 209

Bissayo or bissal

Answer 209

expensive

Question 210

Aju

Answer 210

very, extremely

Question 211

Eomcheong

Answer 211

extremely, enormously

Question 212

Hambun

Answer 212

Half

Question 213

Ibeonen, Honja hal-ge-yo

Answer 213

this time, i will do it myself

Question 214

Teungmeul

Answer 214

leave work or i finished work

Question 215

Il tan

Answer 215

day off” or “holiday”

Question 216

Halu

Answer 216

day (pronounced haru)

Question 217

Jada

Answer 217

To sleep

Question 218

Babeun or Babeul

Answer 218

rice or meal (bab) with topic particles

Question 219

Geudeureun

Answer 219

they, them

Question 220

Geunyeoreul

Answer 220

Her

Question 221

Geuleul

Answer 221

Him

Question 222

Chaeso

Answer 222

vegetables

Question 223

Kangsang

Answer 223

always

Question 224

Hae-byeon

Answer 224

Beach

Question 225

Bi

Answer 225

Rain (pronounced Pih)

Question 226

norae bureuda

Answer 226

To sing

Question 227

Yeogin

Answer 227

here or this place

Question 228

Unjeonhada or Unjeonhaji

Answer 228

Drive or started driving

Question 229

Sseuda

Answer 229

To write

Question 230

Josigeul

Answer 230

Breakfast

Question 231

Jeonyeogsigsareul

Answer 231

dinner

Question 232

Keuda

Answer 232

big

Question 233

Piryohaeyo

Answer 233

I need or it is necessary

Question 234

Eumag

Answer 234

music

Question 235

Geokjeonghaji ma, munje eobs-eo.
Naeilkkaji kkeutnael su isseo? Eung, munje eobs-eo
Dowajul su isseo? Munje eobs-eo!
Igeo honja hal su isseo? Munje eobs-eo
Munje eobs-eo
Cha gojangnan geo gochil su itgesseo? Munje eobs-eo

Answer 235

no problem

The phrase “Munje eobs-eo” (문제 없어) means “No problem” or “There’s no problem” in an informal way. Here are some sample sentences using this phrase:

1. 걱정하지 마, 문제 없어.
   
   • Geokjeonghaji ma, munje eobs-eo.
   • “Don’t worry, there’s no problem.”
2. 내일까지 끝낼 수 있어? 응, 문제 없어.
   
   • Naeilkkaji kkeutnael su isseo? Eung, munje eobs-eo.
   • “Can you finish it by tomorrow? Yes, no problem.”
3. 도와줄 수 있어? 문제 없어!
   
   • Dowajul su isseo? Munje eobs-eo!
   • “Can you help? No problem!”
4. 이거 혼자 할 수 있어? 문제 없어.
   
   • Igeo honja hal su isseo? Munje eobs-eo.
   • “Can you do this alone? No problem.”
5. 차 고장난 거 고칠 수 있겠어? 문제 없어.
   
   • Cha gojangnan geo gochil su itgesseo? Munje eobs-eo.
   • “Can you fix the broken car? No problem.”

These sentences demonstrate how you can use “munje eobs-eo” to express that there is no issue or difficulty in various situations.

Question 236

Hwajangsil

Answer 236

bathroom

Question 237

Seongmyeong

Answer 237

name (pronounced sumyeong)

Question 238

Geonneoseyo

Answer 238

cross or go across

Question 239

Geos-ibnida

Answer 239

is or am. A possession

Question 240

Imnikka

Answer 240

is, it is

Question 241

Doesibnikka
Mwo hago isseo?
Igeo hallae?
Oneul yeonghwa bolla?
Jibe gani?
Sukje da haesseo?

Answer 241

to or to become
The formal expression “doesibnikka” (도십니까) is a very polite way to ask, “Are you doing?” or “Do you do?” in Korean. To express this in an informal way, you can use “hae?” (해?) or “hani?” (하니?).

1. 뭐 하고 있어?
   
   • Mwo hago isseo?
   • “What are you doing?”
2. 이거 할래?
   
   • Igeo hallae?
   • “Do you want to do this?”
3. 오늘 영화 볼래?
   
   • Oneul yeonghwa bolla?
   • “Do you want to watch a movie today?”
4. 집에 가니?
   
   • Jibe gani?
   • “Are you going home?”
5. 숙제 다 했어?
   
   • Sukje da haesseo?
   • “Did you finish your homework?”

These informal phrases are suitable for casual conversations with friends or peers.

Question 242

Gajusibsio
Igeo gajyeo
Piryohamyeon gajyeoga
Ne geoya, geunyang gajyeo
Naeil gajyeogalge
Yeogi nameun geo gajyeoga

Answer 242

to take, please take
The phrase “Gajusibsio” (가주십시오) is actually a formal/honorific way of saying “Please take [something].” In informal or casual speech, this would be “Gajyeo” (가져) or “Gajyeoga” (가져가), depending on the context. Below are some informal sample sentences:

1. 이거 가져.
   
   • Igeo gajyeo.
   • “Take this.”
2. 필요하면 가져가.
   
   • Piryohamyeon gajyeoga.
   • “If you need it, take it.”
3. 네 거야, 그냥 가져.
   
   • Ne geoya, geunyang gajyeo.
   • “It’s yours, just take it.”
4. 내일 가져갈게.
   
   • Naeil gajyeogalge.
   • “I’ll take it tomorrow.”
5. 여기 남은 거 가져가.
   
   • Yeogi nameun geo gajyeoga.
   • “Take the leftovers here.”

These informal versions are suitable for use with close friends, peers, or people of similar age.

Question 243

Sip-eundeyo

Answer 243

want to or would like to

Question 244

Dangsin-eun

Answer 244

do you.

Question 245

Geudeur- eun

Answer 245

they have…

Question 246

Tayahamnida

Answer 246

must take

Question 247

Daeum

Answer 247

next

Question 248

Sip-eundeyo

Answer 248

want to

Question 249

Hyeonjae
Hyeonjae naneun jibe isseo
Hyeonjae sanghwangi eotteoke doeeogago isseo?
Hyeonjae nalssiga maeu joa
Geuneun hyeonjae dareun ire jipjunghago isseo
Hyeonjae sayong jungin jepumeun manjoksseureopssumnida
Hyeonjae bogo inneun deuramaga mwoya?
Hyeonjaeui mokpyoneun geongangeul yujihaneun geoya

Answer 249

Present or current
“Hyeonjae” (현재) means “present” or “current” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “hyeonjae”:

1. 현재 나는 집에 있어.
   
   • Hyeonjae naneun jibe isseo.
   • “I am currently at home.”
2. 현재 상황이 어떻게 되어가고 있어?
   
   • Hyeonjae sanghwangi eotteoke doeeogago isseo?
   • “What is the current situation?”
3. 현재 날씨가 매우 좋아.
   
   • Hyeonjae nalssiga maeu joa.
   • “The weather is very nice right now.”
4. 그는 현재 다른 일에 집중하고 있어.
   
   • Geuneun hyeonjae dareun ire jipjunghago isseo.
   • “He is currently focusing on other work.”
5. 현재 사용 중인 제품은 만족스럽습니다.
   
   • Hyeonjae sayong jungin jepumeun manjoksseureopssumnida.
   • “I am satisfied with the product I am currently using.”
6. 현재 보고 있는 드라마가 뭐야?
   
   • Hyeonjae bogo inneun deuramaga mwoya?
   • “What drama are you currently watching?”
7. 현재의 목표는 건강을 유지하는 거야.
   
   • Hyeonjaeui mokpyoneun geongangeul yujihaneun geoya.
   • “The current goal is to stay healthy.”

These sentences reflect different contexts in which “hyeonjae” can be used to describe something happening now or in the present time.

Question 250

Si

Answer 250

City or hour
You’re right—“si” (시) can also mean “city” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “si” in the context of “city”:

1. 서울은 한국의 큰 도시입니다.
   
   • Seoureun Hangug-ui keun dosi-imnida.
   • “Seoul is a big city in Korea.”
2. 이 시는 역사적으로 중요한 곳이에요.
   
   • I sineun yeoksajeogeuro jungyohan gos-ieyo.
   • “This city is historically significant.”
3. 저는 큰 시에 살고 싶어요.
   
   • Jeoneun keun sie salgo sipeoyo.
   • “I want to live in a big city.”
4. 부산은 해변이 있는 아름다운 도시예요.
   
   • Busan-eun haebyeoni inneun areumdaun dosi-yeyo.
   • “Busan is a beautiful city with a beach.”
5. 그 시에는 다양한 문화가 있어요.
   
   • Geu sineun dayanghan munhwaga isseoyo.
   • “That city has a diverse culture.”

The word “si” (시) in Korean can mean “time,” “hour,” or even “poetry” depending on the context. Here are some sample sentences using “si”:

• 지금 몇 시예요?
  
  • Jigeum myeot siyeyo?
  • “What time is it now?”
• 우리 3시에 만나자.
  
  • Uri sam sie mannjaja.
  • “Let’s meet at 3 o’clock.”
• 영화가 7시에 시작해요.
  
  • Yeonghwaga ilgop sie sijakhaeyo.
  • “The movie starts at 7 o’clock.”

• 이 시점에서 결정을 내려야 해요.
  
  • I sijjeomeseo gyeoljeongeul naeryeoya haeyo.
  • “We need to make a decision at this point in time.”
• 역사적인 시기에 태어났어요.
  
  • Yeoksajeogin sigie taeeonasseoyo.
  • “I was born in a historical era.”

• 저는 시를 쓰는 것을 좋아해요.
  
  • Jeoneun sireul sseuneun geoseul joahaeyo.
  • “I like writing poetry.”
• 이 시는 유명한 시인이 쓴 거예요.
  
  • I sineun yumyeonghan siini sseun geoyeyo.
  • “This poem was written by a famous poet.”
• 그녀는 시를 감상하는 것을 즐겨요.
  
  • Geunyeoneun sireul gamsanghaneun geoseul jeulgyeoyo.
  • “She enjoys appreciating poetry.”

These sentences demonstrate the different meanings of “si” depending on its usage in Korean.

Question 251

Jogeum deo keuge malhae juseyo”?

Answer 251

Please speak a bit louder

Question 252

“제” (je).
“내” (nae)

Answer 252

“mine” or “my”
Please note that “제” (Je) is used in formal or polite contexts. In casual settings, “내” (nae) is more commonly used to mean “my” or “mine.”
It is used to indicate possession or ownership. For example:

• 제 책 (je chaek) = my book
• 제 친구 (je chingu) = my friend
• 제 집 (je jip) = my house

Question 253

Geuttae botto, gieokna?
Geuttae botto, neodo geogi isseosseo
Geuttae gieokna?
Geuttae neomu himdeureosseo
Beoteoreul ppang-e balla

Answer 253

“Geuttae botto” (그때 봤어) means “I saw it back then” or “I saw you at that time.”

Here’s how you might use it in a sentence:

1. 그때 봤어, 기억나?
   (Geuttae botto, gieokna?)
   “I saw it back then, do you remember?”
2. 그때 봤어, 너도 거기 있었어.
   (Geuttae botto, neodo geogi isseosseo.)
   “I saw you back then, you were there too.”

Would you like to use it in a specific context?
“Geuttae” (그때) means “at that time” or “back then,” and “beoteo” (버터) means “butter.” Here’s how they might be used in sentences:

1. 그때 기억나?
   (Geuttae gieokna?)
   “Do you remember that time?”
2. 그때 우리는 학생이었어.
   (Geuttae urineun haksaengieosseo.)
   “At that time, we were students.”
3. 그때 너무 힘들었어.
   (Geuttae neomu himdeureosseo.)
   “It was really hard at that time.”

1. 버터를 빵에 발라.
   (Beoteoreul ppang-e balla.)
   “Spread butter on the bread.”
2. 버터가 없어서 다른 걸 써야 해.
   (Beoteoga eopseoseo dareun geol sseoya hae.)
   “We have to use something else because there’s no butter.”
3. 이 쿠키는 버터 맛이 진해.
   (I kukineun beoteo masi jinae.)
   “This cookie has a strong butter flavor.”

Question 254

Jigeum baro jibe gaya hae
Jamkkanman, museun soriya?

Answer 254

“바로 집에” (Baro jibe) means “straight home” or “directly to the house.” It’s often used when you want to indicate that you are going home directly without stopping anywhere else.

Here are some examples:

1. 수업 끝나면 바로 집에 갈게.
   (Sueop kkeutnamyeon baro jibe galge.)
   “I’ll go straight home after class.”
2. 지금 바로 집에 가야 해.
   (Jigeum baro jibe gaya hae.)
   “I need to go straight home right now.”
3. 쇼핑하고 바로 집에 갔어.
   (Syopinghago baro jibe gasseo.)
   “I went straight home after shopping.”

“잠깐만, 무슨 소리야?” (Jamkkanman, museun soriya?) translates to “Wait a minute, what are you talking about?” or “Hold on, what do you mean?” in English.

This phrase is commonly used when you’re surprised or confused by what someone just said, and you want them to clarify or repeat it.

Here’s a breakdown:

• 잠깐만 (Jamkkanman): “Wait a minute” or “Hold on.”
• 무슨 소리야 (Museun soriya): “What are you talking about?” or “What do you mean?”

It’s a casual way to ask for clarification in a conversation with friends or peers.

Question 255

Ireoke hana?
Ireoke hamyeon museun iri il-eonalkkayo?

Answer 255

“이렇게 하나” (Ireoke hana) can be translated to “Do it like this” or “Doing it like this” in English.

• “이렇게” (Ireoke) means “like this.”
• “하나” (Hana) can mean “one” or can imply “do” depending on the context.

In a casual conversation, you might say something like:

• “이렇게 하나?” (Ireoke hana?) – “Do it like this?” or “Should I do it like this?”

“이렇게 하나 무슨 까요?” (Ireoke hana museun kkayo?) is a slightly confusing sentence, and it seems like there might be a mix of informal and formal language or a typo.

However, based on what you might be trying to say, a more natural phrase would be:

“이렇게 하면 무슨 일이 일어날까요?” (Ireoke hamyeon museun iri il-eonalkkayo?) which translates to “What will happen if I do it like this?”

If you could clarify what you intended to ask, I can provide a more accurate translation or correction!

Question 256

Eoje il neomu manaseo himdeureosseo
Saneul ollaganeunde jeongmal himdeureosseo
Siheom junbihaneura himdeureosseo
I peurojekteu kkeunnaeneura himdeureosseo.
Haru jongil ilhaeseo himdeureosseo

Answer 256

“힘들었어” (Himdeureosseo) is an informal past tense expression in Korean, which means “It was hard” or “I was exhausted.” This expression is often used to describe a situation or task that was difficult or tiring.

Here are some example sentences:

1. 어제 일 너무 많아서 힘들었어.
   
   • Eoje il neomu manaseo himdeureosseo.
   • “I was exhausted because there was so much work yesterday.”
2. 산을 올라가는데 정말 힘들었어.
   
   • Saneul ollaganeunde jeongmal himdeureosseo.
   • “It was really hard climbing the mountain.”
3. 시험 준비하느라 힘들었어.
   
   • Siheom junbihaneura himdeureosseo.
   • “I was exhausted preparing for the exam.”
4. 이 프로젝트 끝내느라 힘들었어.
   
   • I peurojekteu kkeunnaeneura himdeureosseo.
   • “I was tired from finishing this project.”
5. 하루 종일 일해서 힘들었어.
   
   • Haru jongil ilhaeseo himdeureosseo.
   • “I was tired because I worked all day.”

This phrase can be used when you’re talking to friends or people close to you in an informal setting.

Question 257

Daeum ju-e mannaja
Daeume tto bwayo
Daeum yeog-eseo naeryeoya hae
Daeum siheom-eun deo jal bol geoya
Daeum beon-e gachi gaja
I il-eul kkeutnaego daeum il-eul sijakhaja
Daeum dangye-ro neomeogaja
Daeum dal-e saeroun peurojekteuga sijakdwaeyo

Answer 257

“다음” (Daeum) means “next” or “following” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “다음”:

1. 다음 주에 만나자.
   
   • Daeum ju-e mannaja.
   • “Let’s meet next week.”
2. 다음에 또 봐요.
   
   • Daeume tto bwayo.
   • “See you next time.”
3. 다음 역에서 내려야 해.
   
   • Daeum yeog-eseo naeryeoya hae.
   • “You need to get off at the next station.”
4. 다음 시험은 더 잘 볼 거야.
   
   • Daeum siheom-eun deo jal bol geoya.
   • “I’ll do better on the next exam.”
5. 다음 번에 같이 가자.
   
   • Daeum beon-e gachi gaja.
   • “Let’s go together next time.”
6. 이 일을 끝내고 다음 일을 시작하자.
   
   • I il-eul kkeutnaego daeum il-eul sijakhaja.
   • “Let’s finish this task and start the next one.”
7. 다음 단계로 넘어가자.
   
   • Daeum dangye-ro neomeogaja.
   • “Let’s move on to the next step.”
8. 다음 달에 새로운 프로젝트가 시작돼요.
   
   • Daeum dal-e saeroun peurojekteuga sijakdwaeyo.
   • “A new project will start next month.”

These sentences show how “다음” can be used to refer to something that comes after, whether it’s time, sequence, or location.

Question 258

Bareun
Bareun mal
Jaem-eul boda
Isseum-eopsda
Beoteoreul dolida
Gwailsaelleodeureul mandeulda
Meokgo naon-da
Kopi masillaeyo?
Gaeul-eul jibseubnida
2gaereul meokda
Geugeos-eun nae chingu-ya

Answer 258

Let’s break down the meanings of these terms and phrases:

1. Bareun (바른):
   
   • Meaning: “Correct” or “right.”
   • Example: Bareun mal (바른 말) means “correct words” or “proper speech.”
2. Beoteowa (버터와):
   
   • Meaning: “With butter.”
   • Example: Beoteowa together ga (버터와 토스트를 먹다) means “eat toast with butter.”
3. Jaem-eul (재미를):
   
   • Meaning: “Fun” (object form).
   • Example: Jaem-eul boda (재미를 보다) means “to have fun.”
4. Isseum (있음):
   
   • Meaning: “Having” or “existence.”
   • Example: Isseum-eopsda (있음/없다) means “there is/there isn’t.”
5. Beoteoreul (버터를):
   
   • Meaning: “Butter” (object form).
   • Example: Beoteoreul dolida (버터를 돌리다) means “to pass the butter.”
6. Mereoneul (메론을):
   
   • Meaning: “Melon” (object form).
   • Example: Mereoneul meokda (메론을 먹다) means “eat the melon.”
7. Toseuteureul (토스트를):
   
   • Meaning: “Toast” (object form).
   • Example: Toseuteureul guwoda (토스트를 굽다) means “toast the bread.”
8. Gwailsaelleodeureul (과일샐러드를):
   
   • Meaning: “Fruit salad” (object form).
   • Example: Gwailsaelleodeureul mandeulda (과일샐러드를 만들다) means “make a fruit salad.”
9. Meoggeo (먹어) vs. Meokgo (먹고):
   
   • Meoggeo: Informal imperative form meaning “Eat!”
   • Meokgo: A connective form meaning “after eating” or “and eat.”
   • Example: Meokgo naon-da (먹고 나온다) means “I eat and then leave.”
10. Masibnida (마십니다) vs. Masibnida (마십니다):
    
    • Both are the same verb, meaning “I drink” in a formal style.
    • However, in context, the pronunciation can slightly change depending on the pace of speech.
11. Masillae-yo (마실래요):
    
    • Meaning: “Would you like to drink?”
    • Example: Kopi masillaeyo? (커피 마실래요?) means “Would you like to drink coffee?”
12. Jibseubnida (집습니다):
    
    • Meaning: “I pick up” (formal).
    • Example: Gaeul-eul jibseubnida (가을을 집습니다) means “I pick up the autumn leaves.”
13. 2daereul (2대를) vs. 2gaereul (2개를):
    
    • 2daereul: Refers to “2 cars” or “2 units” of something large.
    • 2gaereul: Refers to “2 pieces” of something small or countable.
    • Example: 2gaereul meokda (2개를 먹다) means “eat two pieces.”
14. Geugeos-eun (그것은):
    
    • Meaning: “That is” or “As for that.”
    • Example: Geugeos-eun nae chingu-ya (그것은 내 친구야) means “That is my friend.”

These phrases highlight how nuances in Korean grammar, such as particles and verb endings, play a significant role in conveying the exact meaning of a sentence.

Question 259

I siktang-eun 2000nyeon-e mandeureojyeotseumnida
Bap-eul mandeubnikka?
Jigeum unjeonhamnida
Jumunhalgeyo
Jeo jigeum pija-reul jumunhalgeyo
Maeure eobseotseumnida
Neo mwoya?
Eoreumeul masida

Answer 259

Let’s break down the meanings and usage of these words and phrases:

1. Masyeossseubnida (마셨습니다):
   
   • Meaning: “I drank” (formal past tense).
   • Example: Kopi-reul masyeossseubnida (커피를 마셨습니다) means “I drank coffee.”
2. Mandeureojyeotseumnida (만들어졌습니다):
   
   • Meaning: “It was made” (formal past tense).
   • Example: I siktang-eun 2000nyeon-e mandeureojyeotseumnida (이 식당은 2000년에 만들어졌습니다) means “This restaurant was made in the year 2000.”
3. Mandeubnida (만듭니다) vs. Mandeubnikka (만듭니까):
   
   • Mandeubnida: “I make” (formal present tense).
   • Mandeubnikka: “Do you make?” or “Shall we make?” (formal question).
   • Example: Bap-eul mandeubnida (밥을 만듭니다) means “I make rice.”
   • Example: Bap-eul mandeubnikka? (밥을 만듭니까?) means “Shall we make rice?”
4. Unjeonhamnida (운전합니다):
   
   • Meaning: “I drive” (formal present tense).
   • Example: Jigeum unjeonhamnida (지금 운전합니다) means “I am driving now.”
5. Jumunhabnida (주문합니다):
   
   • Meaning: “I order” (formal present tense).
   • Example: Jigeum eumshik-eul jumunhabnida (지금 음식을 주문합니다) means “I am ordering food now.”
6. Jumunhalgeyo (주문할게요):
   
   • Meaning: “I will order” (polite future tense).
   • Example: Jeo jigeum pija-reul jumunhalgeyo (저 지금 피자를 주문할게요) means “I will order pizza now.”
7. Maeure eobseotseumnida (매울 없었습니다):
   
   • Meaning: “It wasn’t spicy” (formal past tense).
   • Example: Maeure eobseotseumnida (매울 없었습니다) means “It wasn’t spicy.”
8. Neoeo (너어):
   
   • Meaning: This seems like a typo or transliteration issue. If you meant Neo (너), it means “You” in informal speech.
   • Example: Neo mwoya? (너 뭐야?) means “What are you?”
9. Eoreumeul (얼음을):
   
   • Meaning: “Ice” (object form).
   • Example: Eoreumeul masida (얼음을 마시다) means “Drink ice.”
10. Dikapein (디카페인):
    
    • Meaning: “Decaffeinated” (referring to coffee or tea).
    • Example: Dikapein kopi-reul masida (디카페인 커피를 마시다) means “Drink decaffeinated coffee.”

These phrases illustrate how different verb endings and particles in Korean affect the meaning and formality of a sentence.

Question 260

Boja
Hanbeon hae boja
I munjele haegyeolhae boja
Daum jue eotteon gyehoegi itneunji boja
I yeonghwa jeongmal jaemisseulji boja.
Gyeolgwaga eotteoke naoneunji boja

Answer 260

Here are some informal sample sentences using “boja” (보자), which means “let’s see” or “let’s check”:

1. 한번 해 보자.
   
   • Hanbeon hae boja.
   • “Let’s try it once.”
2. 이 문제를 해결해 보자.
   
   • I munjele haegyeolhae boja.
   • “Let’s solve this problem.”
3. 다음 주에 어떤 계획이 있는지 보자.
   
   • Daum jue eotteon gyehoegi itneunji boja.
   • “Let’s see what plans we have for next week.”
4. 이 영화 정말 재밌을지 보자.
   
   • I yeonghwa jeongmal jaemisseulji boja.
   • “Let’s see if this movie is really interesting.”
5. 결과가 어떻게 나오는지 보자.
   
   • Gyeolgwaga eotteoke naoneunji boja.
   • “Let’s see how the results turn out.”

Question 261

Deo nae chingudeul joahaneun innayo?

Answer 261

“Deo nae chingudeul joahaneun innayo?” (더 내 친구들 좋아하는 있나요?) translates to “Do you like my other friends?” in English.

This question could be used when asking someone if they like or have a good relationship with your other friends, in addition to the one you’re already discussing.

Question 262

Deo nae chingudeul joahaneun innayo?
Nae chingu joahaneun geoya?
Nae chingu joahaneun geoyeyo?

Answer 262

“Deo nae chingudeul joahaneun innayo?” (더 내 친구들 좋아하는 있나요?) translates to “Do you like my other friends?” in English.
Do you happen to like my friend?

To say “Do you happen to like my friend?” in Korean, you can say:

“Nae chingu joahaneun geoya?” (내 친구 좋아하는 거야?) – Informal
or
“Nae chingu joahaneun geoyeyo?” (내 친구 좋아하는 거예요?) – Polite informal

These sentences convey the idea of asking someone if they like your friend, with the nuance of “happen to like.”

Question 263

Manhi joahaesimnida
I yeonghwaleul manhi joahaetseumnida.
Geubuneul manhi joahaetseumnida
I eumsigeul manhi joahaetseumnida

Answer 263

The phrase “Manhi joahaesimnida” (많이 좋아했습니다) is a polite and past tense way of saying “I liked it a lot” or “I liked you a lot.” It’s a more formal expression, which you might use in a respectful context.

If you meant to express this sentiment, here are a few ways you could use it in sentences:

1. 이 영화를 많이 좋아했습니다.
   
   • I liked this movie a lot.
2. 그분을 많이 좋아했습니다.
   
   • I liked him/her a lot.
3. 이 음식을 많이 좋아했습니다.
   
   • I liked this food a lot.
     Here are the sentences converted to the English alphabet (romanized):
4. I yeonghwaleul manhi joahaetseumnida.
   
   • I liked this movie a lot.
5. Geubuneul manhi joahaetseumnida.
   
   • I liked him/her a lot.
6. I eumsigeul manhi joahaetseumnida.
   
   • I liked this food a lot.

If you were aiming to say “I like it a lot” in the present tense, you’d use “Manhi joahaeyo” (많이 좋아해요).

Question 264

Chinguya, jalgara
Daeume tto bwa, jalgara
Oneuldo sugohaesseo, jalgara
Josimhi ga, jalgara
Jalgara, daeume yeollakhae

Answer 264

Here are some sample sentences using “잘가라” (jalgara):

1. 친구야, 잘가라.
   
   • Chinguya, jalgara.
   • Goodbye, my friend.
2. 다음에 또 봐, 잘가라!
   
   • Daeume tto bwa, jalgara!
   • See you next time, goodbye!
3. 오늘도 수고했어, 잘가라.
   
   • Oneuldo sugohaesseo, jalgara.
   • You did well today, goodbye.
4. 조심히 가, 잘가라.
   
   • Josimhi ga, jalgara.
   • Take care, goodbye.
5. 잘가라, 다음에 연락해.
   
   • Jalgara, daeume yeollakhae.
   • Goodbye, let’s keep in touch.

These sentences show how “잘가라” can be used in various informal contexts to say goodbye.

Question 265

Eonje botto yeogie isseo?

Answer 265

The phrase “언제부터 여기 있어?” (Eonje botto yeogie isseo?) can be translated as “How long have you been here?” or more literally, “Since when have you been here?”

Here’s a breakdown:
- 언제부터 (eonje botto): Since when
- 여기 (yeogie): Here
- 있어 (isseo): Are you / Have you been (informal form of the verb “to be” or “to exist”)

This is a casual way to ask someone how long they’ve been at a certain place.

Question 266

Geureogu hoksi gaba

Answer 266

The phrase “그러고 혹시 가봐” (Geureogu hoksi gaba) can be translated to “I’m telling you because I’m afraid I won’t be able to break up.” Here’s a closer look:

• 그러고 (geureogu): “And so,” or “And then”
• 혹시 (hoksi): “By any chance,” or “Just in case”
• 가봐 (gaba): “I might go,” or “I’m afraid I might go”

However, the direct translation provided is not precise, as the original Korean phrase seems to lack a specific reference to breaking up. If you want to convey the meaning “I’m telling you because I’m afraid I won’t be able to break up,” you could say:

“헤어지지 못할까 봐 미리 말하는 거야.”
(Heeojiji mothalkka bwa miri malhaneun geoya.)

This sentence more clearly expresses the fear of not being able to break up and why you are speaking up.

Question 267

Isange ijanna

Answer 267

The phrase “이상해, 잊잖아” (Isange, ijanna) can be broken down as follows:

• 이상해 (isange): “It’s strange” or “It’s weird.”
• 잊잖아 (ijanna): “You know you forget” or “You forget, don’t you?”

When combined, it could be interpreted as:

“It’s strange, you know you forget.”

This could be used in a context where someone is pointing out the oddity or weirdness of someone forgetting something repeatedly. The tone is somewhat casual or familiar, typically used in conversation with someone you know well.

Question 268

Pigonhaeseo najunge boja
Igeo aninde

Answer 268

In Korean, you can say:

피곤해서 나중에 보자.
(Pigonhaeseo najunge boja.)

This translates to:
I’m tired. I’ll see you later.

“I’m tired, so let’s see each other later.”
“이거 아닌데” (Igeo aninde) means:

“This is not it” or “This is wrong”.

It’s used when something is not what was expected or desired.

Question 269

Na, Don jom billyeo jul su isseo? Or you can say just…
Don jom billyeo jul su isseo?
Eolma neunde?
Eolma kkaji billyeo isseo?

Answer 269

It seems like you want to ask, “Can I borrow some money?” in a more informal way.

In Korean, you could say:
- “돈 좀 빌려줄 수 있어?” (Don jom billyeo jul su isseo?)
Here’s how you can express those phrases:

1. Eolma neunde? (얼마인데?) – “How much is it?” or simply “How much?”
2. Eolma kkaji billyeo isseo? (얼마까지 빌려 줄 수 있어?) – “How much can you lend me?”

Question 270

deo joheun ge isseo?

Answer 270

You can say “더 좋은 게 있어?” (deo joheun ge isseo?) to ask if there is something better.

Question 271

Hwajangsil jom gatda olgeyo
Hwajangsil jom galge! Kdrama
Al pil-yo eop-seo

Answer 271

To say “I’m going to the restroom” in Korean, you can use:

“화장실 좀 갔다 올게요” (Hwajangsil jom gatda olgeyo).

To say “You don’t need to know” in Korean, you can use:

“알 필요 없어” (al pil-yo eop-seo).

If you’re speaking formally, you can say:

“알 필요 없어요” (al pil-yo eop-seo-yo).

Question 272

Hana do anha
Geu il hana do an haess-eo

Answer 272

“하나도 안 하다” (hana do anha) means “I didn’t do even one” or “I didn’t do a single one.”

In an informal context, it can be used to emphasize that something wasn’t done at all. For example:

• “그 일 하나도 안 했어.” (geu il hana do an haess-eo) – “I didn’t do even one thing.”

Question 273

Jeo yeo
Jeo yeo, yeogiyo

Answer 273

“저예요” (jeo yeo) translates to “It’s me” or “I’m the one” in English. It’s used to identify oneself or confirm one’s identity in a polite way.

For example:

• “저예요, 여기요.” (jeo yeo, yeogiyo) – “It’s me, here.”
• “저예요, 제가 찾던 사람이에요.” (jeo yeo, jega chajdeon saram-ieyo) – “It’s me, I’m the person you were looking for.”

Question 274

Iljeong paileul dasi han beon bonaejusil su innayo?
Myeot beonina?

Answer 274

To ask if someone can send the schedule file one more time in Korean, you can say:

“일정 파일을 다시 한 번 보내주실 수 있나요?”
(Iljeong paileul dasi han beon bonaejusil su innayo?)

For asking “How many times?” you would say:

“몇 번이나?”
(Myeot beonina?)

Question 275

Uri neumo dalla
Neomu mugeowo

Answer 275

The phrase “우리 너무 달라” (Uri neumo dalla) translates to “We are too different” or “We are very different.” It’s used to express that there are significant differences between you and someone else.
To say “It’s too heavy” in Korean, you can use:

• 너무 무거워요 (Neomu mugeowoyo)

This is a polite way to express that something is too heavy.

Question 276

Nae gyeoljeong-eun imi malhaess-eo
Ani, nae gyeoljeong-eun imi malhaess-eunikka (Kdrama)

Answer 276

It seems like you meant to express “I already told you my decision” in Korean. The phrase you’re looking for is:

• 내 결정은 이미 말했어 (Nae gyeoljeong-eun imi malhaess-eo)
  The phrase “Nae gyeoljeong-eun imi malhaess-eo” (내 결정은 이미 말했어) means “I already told you my decision.”

To convey “No, I already told you my decision,” you can say:

• 아니, 내 결정은 이미 말했으니까 (Ani, nae gyeoljeong-eun imi malhaess-eunikka)

Question 277

Jal jinae
Geureonikka, jal jinaeseo nae chingu

Answer 277

Actually, “Geureonikka, jal jinaeseo nae chingu” translates to “So, since you’re doing well, my friend” or “So, as long as you’re doing well, my friend.” It’s not exactly “take care,” but it expresses a sentiment of concern or well-wishing based on the fact that the person is doing well.

To say “take care” in Korean, you can use:

• “잘 지내세요” (Jal jinaeseyo) - Formal
• “잘 지내” (Jal jinae) - Informal

Question 278

Uriui mannam-eun unmyeong-in geot gatayo
Unmyeong-e ttala modeun il-i il-eonaneun geot gatayo
Unmyeong-i uri-reul ireohge mandeun geot gatayo
Unmyeong-eul mid-euseyo?
I gyeoljeong-i unmyeong-e uihan geos-ilkka?

Answer 278

Sure! Here are the sentences with “eumyeon” (운명) in English alphabet:

1. Uriui mannam-eun unmyeong-in geot gatayo.
   
   • “Our meeting seems to be fate.”
2. Unmyeong-e ttala modeun il-i il-eonaneun geot gatayo.
   
   • “It seems like everything happens according to fate.”
3. Unmyeong-i uri-reul ireohge mandeun geot gatayo.
   
   • “It feels like fate made us this way.”
4. Unmyeong-eul mid-euseyo?
   
   • “Do you believe in fate?”
5. I gyeoljeong-i unmyeong-e uihan geos-ilkka?
   
   • “Is this decision due to fate?”
     Here are some sample sentences using “eumyeon” (운명), which means “fate”:
6. 우리의 만남은 운명인 것 같아요.
   
   • “Our meeting seems to be fate.”
7. 운명에 따라 모든 일이 일어나는 것 같아요.
   
   • “It seems like everything happens according to fate.”
8. 운명이 우리를 이렇게 만든 것 같아요.
   
   • “It feels like fate made us this way.”
9. 운명을 믿으세요?
   
   • “Do you believe in fate?”
10. 이 결정이 운명에 의한 것일까요?
    
    • “Is this decision due to fate?”

Question 279

Beolsseo gayeo?
Beolsseo gaya haeyo?
Wae ireoke ppalri gayo?
Beolsseo gabeoryeosseoyo?
Oneul neomu ppalli ganeun geo anieyo?

Answer 279

Here are some sample sentences using “Beolsseo gayeo?”:

1. 벌써 가요? (Beolsseo gayeo?) – Are you leaving already?
2. 벌써 가야 해요? (Beolsseo gaya haeyo?) – Do you have to leave already?
3. 왜 이렇게 빨리 가요? (Wae ireoke ppalri gayo?) – Why are you leaving so early?
4. 벌써 가버렸어요? (Beolsseo gabeoryeosseoyo?) – Did you leave already?
5. 오늘 너무 빨리 가는 거 아니에요? (Oneul neomu ppalli ganeun geo anieyo?) – Aren’t you leaving too soon today?

These examples show how “Beolsseo gayeo?” can be used in different contexts to ask about someone’s departure.

Question 280

Oneul jeonyeoge gatchi hangukmal deurama bolrae?
Yeonghwa gatchi bolrae?
Oneul jeonyeoge gatchi deurama bolrae?
Jumal-e gatchi geim halrae?
I chaek gatchi ilgeullae?
Gatchi TV jom bolrae?

Answer 280

Here are some sample sentences using “Gatchi bolae?” (같이 볼래?):

1. 영화 같이 볼래? (Yeonghwa gatchi bolrae?) – Would you like to watch a movie together?
2. 오늘 저녁에 같이 드라마 볼래? (Oneul jeonyeoge gatchi deurama bolrae?) – Would you like to watch a drama together tonight?
3. 주말에 같이 게임할래? (Jumal-e gatchi geim halrae?) – Would you like to play games together on the weekend?
4. 이 책 같이 읽을래? (I chaek gatchi ilgeullae?) – Would you like to read this book together?
5. 같이 TV 좀 볼래? (Gatchi TV jom bolrae?) – Would you like to watch TV together?
   The sentence “오늘 저녁에 같이 한국말 드라마 볼래?” (Oneul jeonyeoge gatchi hangukmal deurama bolrae?) translates to:

“Would you like to watch a Korean drama together tonight?”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 오늘 저녁에 (oneul jeonyeoge) – tonight
- 같이 (gatchi) – together
- 한국말 드라마 (hangukmal deurama) – Korean drama
- 볼래? (bolrae?) – would you like to watch?

Question 281

Achim saell-eo-deu iji. Nuga gogi achim meoge? Igeo neumo jinjja boineun i saell-eo-deu-ga jom masinne.

Answer 281

Here’s the translation and breakdown of your sentences:

1. “아침 샐러드이지” (Achim saell-eo-deu iji)
   
   • Translation: “You should eat salad for breakfast.”
   • Breakdown:
     
     • 아침 (achim) – breakfast
     • 샐러드 (saell-eo-deu) – salad
     • 이지 (iji) – you should (implying recommendation or suggestion)
2. “누가 고기 아침 먹어?” (Nuga gogi achim meoge?)
   
   • Translation: “Who eats meat in the morning?”
   • Breakdown:
     
     • 누가 (nuga) – who
     • 고기 (gogi) – meat
     • 아침 (achim) – morning (or breakfast in this context)
     • 먹어? (meoge?) – eats?
       Here’s a corrected version of your sentence and its breakdown:

“이거 너무 진짜 보이는 이 샐러드가 좀 맛있네.” (Igeo neumo jinjja boineun i saell-eo-deu-ga jom masinne)

Translation: “This salad looks so fresh, it must be really delicious.”

Breakdown:
- 이거 (igeo) – this
- 너무 (neumo) – so
- 진짜 (jinjja) – really
- 보이는 (boineun) – looks (from the verb 보이다 [boida], to look like or appear)
- 이 (i) – this (used before the noun to indicate specificity)
- 샐러드 (saell-eo-deu) – salad
- 가 (ga) – subject marker
- 좀 (jom) – a bit, somewhat
- 맛있네 (masinne) – is delicious (from the verb 맛있다 [masitda], to be delicious)

Question 282

Yaksok ganda

Answer 282

“약속 간다” (yaksok ganda) translates to “I’m going to make a promise” or “I’m going to follow through with a promise.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 약속 (yaksok) – promise
- 간다 (ganda) – going (informal form of 가다 [gada], to go)

This phrase implies that you are going to keep or make a promise. If you want to use it in a more specific context or have a different meaning, please let me know!

Question 283

Yageul sseoya hae
Geunyeoneun misure gwansimi mana
Jip aneseo swigo isseo
Sajineul jjig-eodo soyong eopsseo
Yeogiseo sajin jjigeojwo
Naeil jjigeul sajineul junbihago isseo
Jangmineun jeongmal yeppeo
Janjahae, naeil bwa.
Hyusig-eul chwihase
Hyuir-e mwo hal ge?
Oneul nalssiga ttatteuthae
Naeil jibe meojeulkka?
Bangi neomu eoduwo
Georieseo saramdeureul mannasseo

Answer 283

Here are the meanings of the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided, along with some sample sentences:

1. Sseoya (써야)
   
   • Meaning: Must use or have to use (derived from 쓰다 [sseuda], which means “to use”)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 약을 써야 해요. (Yageul sseoya haeyo.) – You must use the medicine.
2. Misure (미술에)
   
   • Meaning: In art (from 미술 [misul], which means “art”)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 그녀는 미술에 관심이 많아요. (Geunyeoneun misure gwansimi manayo.) – She has a lot of interest in art.
3. Aneseo (안에서)
   
   • Meaning: Inside or within
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 집 안에서 쉬고 있어요. (Jip aneseo swigo isseoyo.) – I’m resting inside the house.
4. Jjig-eodo (찍어도)
   
   • Meaning: Even if you take (a photo)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 사진을 찍어도 소용없어요. (Sajineul jjig-eodo soyong eopsseoyo.) – Even if you take a picture, it won’t be of any use.
5. Jjigeojwo (찍어줘)
   
   • Meaning: Take a picture for me (informal)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 여기서 사진 찍어줘. (Yeogiseo sajin jjigeojwo.) – Take a picture for me here.
6. Jjigeul (찍을)
   
   • Meaning: To take (a picture)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 내일 찍을 사진을 준비하고 있어요. (Naeil jjigeul sajineul junbihago isseoyo.) – I’m preparing for the picture that I’ll take tomorrow.
7. Jangmineun (장미는)
   
   • Meaning: The rose (from 장미 [jangmi], meaning “rose”)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 장미는 정말 예뻐요. (Jangmineun jeongmal yeppeoyo.) – The rose is really beautiful.
8. Janjahae (잔자해)
   
   • Meaning: Sleep well (informal; often used between close friends or family)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 잘 자해, 내일 봐. (Janjahae, naeil bwa.) – Sleep well, see you tomorrow.
9. Hyusig-eul (휴식을)
   
   • Meaning: Rest (from 휴식 [hyusik], meaning “rest” or “break”)
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • 휴식을 취하세요. (Hyusig-eul chwihaseyo.) – Take a rest.
10. Hyuir-e (휴일에)
    
    • Meaning: On a holiday
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • 휴일에 뭐 할 거예요? (Hyuir-e mwo hal geoyeyo?) – What are you going to do on the holiday?
11. Ttatteuthae (따뜻해)
    
    • Meaning: Warm (informal)
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • 오늘 날씨가 따뜻해요. (Oneul nalssiga ttatteuthae.) – The weather is warm today.
12. Meoj-eulkka (머즐까)
    
    • Meaning: Should I stop by? (informal, often used as 머지 말까 [meoji malkka] or 머지 않을까 [meoji aneulkka])
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • 내일 집에 머즐까? (Naeil jibe meojeulkka?) – Should I stop by your house tomorrow?
13. Eoduwoyo (어두워요)
    
    • Meaning: It’s dark
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • 방이 너무 어두워요. (Bangi neomu eoduwoyo.) – The room is too dark.
14. Georieseo (거리에서)
    
    • Meaning: On the street
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • 거리에서 사람들을 만났어요. (Georieseo saramdeureul mannasseoyo.) – I met people on the street.

You’re almost correct! Here’s how you can change these sentences to informal speech:

1. Hyuir-e mwo hal ge (휴일에 뭐 할 게?)
   
   • Meaning: What are you going to do on the holiday?
   • Note: “Ge” (게) is an informal contraction of “geoya” (거야), which is used in informal speech.
2. Bangi neomu eoduwo (방이 너무 어두워)
   
   • Meaning: The room is too dark.
   • Note: You only need to drop the polite ending “-yo” (요) to make it informal.
3. Hyusig-eul chwihase (휴식을 취해)
   
   • Meaning: Take a rest.
   • Note: “Chwihaseyo” (취하세요) becomes “chwihase” (취해) in informal speech.

These informal versions should work perfectly in casual conversations!

Question 284

Reseutorang-eseo -
Gwansim-i
Gwangwang-
Annaesoga-
Geos-ibnida
Hullyunghan-
Chagryug
Chagryug-ieossseubnida-
Yeohaeng-
Dochaghae-
Eumyeon-
Eoreumeul-
Geomjeongsaeng-
Byeoldeureul-
Sibdaeibnida
Ssidda-
Sseuda
Ssibda-
Chodbul-
Gichayeogi
Jeobgeunhago-

Answer 284

Here are the meanings of the Korean words and phrases you’ve listed, along with their Romanized forms:

1. Reseutorang-eseo (레스토랑에서)
   
   • Meaning: At the restaurant
   • Romanization: Reseutorang-eseo
2. Gwansim-i (관심이)
   
   • Meaning: Interest (as in having interest in something)
   • Romanization: Gwansim-i
3. Gwangwang- (관광)
   
   • Meaning: Tourism
   • Romanization: Gwangwang
4. Annaesoga- (안내서가)
   
   • Meaning: Guidebook (as in a book that gives information about a place)
   • Romanization: Annaesoga
5. Geos-ibnida (것입니다)
   
   • Meaning: It is (formal)
   • Romanization: Geos-ibnida
6. Hullyunghan- (훌륭한)
   
   • Meaning: Excellent
   • Romanization: Hullyunghan
7. Chagryug (자극)
   
   • Meaning: Stimulus
   • Romanization: Chagryug
8. Chagryug-ieossseubnida (자극이었습니다)
   
   • Meaning: It was stimulating
   • Romanization: Chagryug-ieossseubnida
9. Yeohaeng- (여행)
   
   • Meaning: Travel, trip
   • Romanization: Yeohaeng
10. Dochaghae- (도착해)
    
    • Meaning: Arrive (informal)
    • Romanization: Dochaghae
11. Eumyeon (운명)
    
    • Meaning: Fate, destiny
    • Romanization: Eumyeon
12. Eoreumeul (얼음을)
    
    • Meaning: Ice (as in a piece of ice)
    • Romanization: Eoreumeul
13. Geomjeongsaeng (검정생)
    
    • Meaning: Black (used as a color descriptor)
    • Romanization: Geomjeongsaeng
14. Byeoldeureul (별들을)
    
    • Meaning: Stars (plural, as in celestial bodies)
    • Romanization: Byeoldeureul
15. Sibdaeibnida (십대입니다)
    
    • Meaning: (I am) a teenager
    • Romanization: Sibdaeibnida
16. Ssidda (씻다)
    
    • Meaning: To wash
    • Romanization: Ssidda
17. Sseuda (쓰다)
    
    • Meaning: To write or to use (context-dependent)
    • Romanization: Sseuda
18. Ssibda (씹다)
    
    • Meaning: To chew
    • Romanization: Ssibda
19. Chodbul (촛불)
    
    • Meaning: Candlelight
    • Romanization: Chodbul
20. Gichayeogi (기차역이)
    
    • Meaning: Train station
    • Romanization: Gichayeogi
21. Jeobgeunhago (접근하고)
    
    • Meaning: Approaching
    • Romanization: Jeobgeunhago

Question 285

Mog-yoil -
Doreul-
Gage-
Juchajang-i
Juchaneun-
Juchahal-
Seontaeghae-
Seonbageuro-
Yeohaeng- to travel
Bangbun-
Ije uri
Hyuir-e-
Iljuil-e
Iljuire-
Chirilibnida
Chirang

Answer 285

Here are the meanings and Romanizations for the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided:

1. Mog-yoil (목요일)
   
   • Meaning: Thursday
   • Romanization: Mog-yoil
2. Doreul (도를)
   
   • Meaning: Money (as the object of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Doreul
3. Gage (가게)
   
   • Meaning: Store, shop
   • Romanization: Gage
4. Juchajang-i (주차장이)
   
   • Meaning: Parking lot (as the subject of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Juchajang-i
5. Juchaneun (주차는)
   
   • Meaning: Parking (as a noun, in the sense of “parking is…”; subject of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Juchaneun
6. Juchahal (주차할)
   
   • Meaning: To park (future/conditional tense, as in “the place to park”)
   • Romanization: Juchahal
7. Seontaeghae (선택해)
   
   • Meaning: Choose (informal)
   • Romanization: Seontaeghae
8. Seonbageuro (선박으로)
   
   • Meaning: By ship, by boat
   • Romanization: Seonbageuro
9. Yeohaeng (여행)
   
   • Meaning: Travel, trip
   • Romanization: Yeohaeng
10. Bangbun (방문)
    
    • Meaning: Visit (noun, as in “a visit”)
    • Romanization: Bangbun
11. Ije uri (이제 우리)
    
    • Meaning: Now we, from now on we
    • Romanization: Ije uri
12. Hyuir-e (휴일에)
    
    • Meaning: On a holiday, during the day off
    • Romanization: Hyuir-e
13. Iljuil-e (일주일에)
    
    • Meaning: In a week, per week
    • Romanization: Iljuil-e
14. Iljuire (일주일에)
    
    • Meaning: In a week, per week (same as above)
    • Romanization: Iljuire
15. Chirilibnida (칠일입니다)
    
    • Meaning: It is 7 days (referring to a week)
    • Romanization: Chirilibnida
16. Chirang (칠일)
    
    • Meaning: 7 days (or a week)
    • Romanization: Chirang

These translations and Romanizations should help with understanding and using these terms in various contexts. Let me know if you need more examples or explanations!

Question 286

Mog-yoil -
Doreul-
Gage-
Juchajang-i
Juchaneun-
Juchahal-
Seontaeghae-
Seonbageuro-
Yeohaeng- to travel
Bangbun-
Ije uri
Hyuir-e-
Iljuil-e
Iljuire-
Chirilibnida
Chirang

Answer 286

Here are the meanings and Romanizations for the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided:

1. Mog-yoil (목요일)
   
   • Meaning: Thursday
   • Romanization: Mog-yoil
2. Doreul (도를)
   
   • Meaning: Money (as the object of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Doreul
3. Gage (가게)
   
   • Meaning: Store, shop
   • Romanization: Gage
4. Juchajang-i (주차장이)
   
   • Meaning: Parking lot (as the subject of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Juchajang-i
5. Juchaneun (주차는)
   
   • Meaning: Parking (as a noun, in the sense of “parking is…”; subject of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Juchaneun
6. Juchahal (주차할)
   
   • Meaning: To park (future/conditional tense, as in “the place to park”)
   • Romanization: Juchahal
7. Seontaeghae (선택해)
   
   • Meaning: Choose (informal)
   • Romanization: Seontaeghae
8. Seonbageuro (선박으로)
   
   • Meaning: By ship, by boat
   • Romanization: Seonbageuro
9. Yeohaeng (여행)
   
   • Meaning: Travel, trip
   • Romanization: Yeohaeng
10. Bangbun (방문)
    
    • Meaning: Visit (noun, as in “a visit”)
    • Romanization: Bangbun
11. Ije uri (이제 우리)
    
    • Meaning: Now we, from now on we
    • Romanization: Ije uri
12. Hyuir-e (휴일에)
    
    • Meaning: On a holiday, during the day off
    • Romanization: Hyuir-e
13. Iljuil-e (일주일에)
    
    • Meaning: In a week, per week
    • Romanization: Iljuil-e
14. Iljuire (일주일에)
    
    • Meaning: In a week, per week (same as above)
    • Romanization: Iljuire
15. Chirilibnida (칠일입니다)
    
    • Meaning: It is 7 days (referring to a week)
    • Romanization: Chirilibnida
16. Chirang (칠일)
    
    • Meaning: 7 days (or a week)
    • Romanization: Chirang

These translations and Romanizations should help with understanding and using these terms in various contexts. Let me know if you need more examples or explanations!

Question 287

Gwailsaelleodeureul-
Jibseubnida-
Gichimhada-
Jumunhalge-
Mandeur-eossseubnikka?
Mandeub-
Neoeo-
Jihasil-
Os-ina -
Saji-
Gajyeoga-
Swindul-
Seonmul
Seonbag- ship
Seontaeghae-
Yujoeyeotjiman-
Mujoeyeosseumnida-
Gyeran- egg
Milkeu-
Uyu-
Mein-yori -
Bareun-
Jaem-eul -
Beoteowa-

Answer 287

Here are the meanings and Romanizations for the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided:

1. Gwailsaelleodeureul (과일 샐러드를)
   
   • Meaning: Fruit salad (as the object of a sentence)
   • Romanization: Gwailsaelleodeureul
2. Jibseubnida (집습니다)
   
   • Meaning: I am picking up (formal)
   • Romanization: Jibseubnida
3. Gichimhada (기침하다)
   
   • Meaning: To cough
   • Romanization: Gichimhada
4. Jumunhalge (주문할게)
   
   • Meaning: I will order (informal)
   • Romanization: Jumunhalge
5. Mandeur-eossseubnikka? (만들었습니까?)
   
   • Meaning: Did you make it? (formal)
   • Romanization: Mandeur-eossseubnikka?
6. Mandeub (만듭)
   
   • Meaning: Makes (informal, present tense)
   • Romanization: Mandeub
7. Neoeo (너어)
   
   • Meaning: You (informal; also an elongated form of “너” which is “you” in informal speech)
   • Romanization: Neoeo
8. Jihasil (지하실)
   
   • Meaning: Basement
   • Romanization: Jihasil
9. Os-ina (옷이나)
   
   • Meaning: Clothes or (as in “clothes or something”)
   • Romanization: Os-ina
10. Saji (사지)
    
    • Meaning: Buy (informal command form of “사다” meaning “to buy”)
    • Romanization: Saji
11. Gajyeoga (가져가)
    
    • Meaning: Take it (informal)
    • Romanization: Gajyeoga
12. Swindul (스윈들)
    
    • Meaning: Swindle, fraud (a borrowed word from English)
    • Romanization: Swindul
13. Seonmul (선물)
    
    • Meaning: Gift, present
    • Romanization: Seonmul
14. Seonbag (선박)
    
    • Meaning: Ship, vessel (general term for a ship)
    • Romanization: Seonbag
15. Seontaeghae (선택해)
    
    • Meaning: Choose (informal)
    • Romanization: Seontaeghae
16. Yujoeyeotjiman (유죄였지만)
    
    • Meaning: It was guilty, but… (past tense)
    • Romanization: Yujoeyeotjiman
17. Mujoeyeosseumnida (무죄였습니다)
    
    • Meaning: It was innocent (past tense, formal)
    • Romanization: Mujoeyeosseumnida
18. Gyeran (계란)
    
    • Meaning: Egg
    • Romanization: Gyeran
19. Milkeu (밀크)
    
    • Meaning: Milk (borrowed from English)
    • Romanization: Milkeu
20. Uyu (우유)
    
    • Meaning: Milk (native Korean term)
    • Romanization: Uyu
21. Mein-yori (메인 요리)
    
    • Meaning: Main dish (borrowed from English, “Main” + native Korean “yori” meaning dish)
    • Romanization: Mein-yori
22. Bareun (바른)
    
    • Meaning: Right, correct, proper (used as an adjective)
    • Romanization: Bareun
23. Jaem-eul (재물)
    
    • Meaning: Wealth, property
    • Romanization: Jaem-eul
24. Beoteowa (버터와)
    
    • Meaning: With butter (borrowed word “버터” meaning butter, and the particle “와” meaning “with”)
    • Romanization: Beoteowa

These translations and Romanizations should help clarify the meanings of the phrases and words you provided. Let me know if you need more examples or explanations!

Question 288

Daesin-e
Seontaeghae-
Yeogsi-
Geureolkka
Geunyeodo-
Mueoseul-
Hasigessseubnikka-
Issseubnikka-
Guun-
Deurilkkayo-
Deulda
Deureowa
Deureumyeon
Deureoyo
Saemmul-
Byeong-
Han-
Keun-
Laim-
Meokgo- vs. Meoggo
Masida-
Gireum-eul
Geugeos-eun
Jeonchae-
Dangsindeureun-

Answer 288

Here are the meanings and Romanizations for the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided:

1. Daesin-e (대신에)
   
   • Meaning: Instead of
   • Romanization: Daesin-e
2. Seontaeghae (선택해)
   
   • Meaning: Choose (informal imperative)
   • Romanization: Seontaeghae
3. Yeogsi (역시)
   
   • Meaning: As expected, indeed, also
   • Romanization: Yeogsi
4. Geureolkka (그럴까)
   
   • Meaning: Should we? (informal, speculative)
   • Romanization: Geureolkka
5. Geunyeodo (그녀도)
   
   • Meaning: She too, she also
   • Romanization: Geunyeodo
6. Mueoseul (무엇을)
   
   • Meaning: What (as the object in a sentence)
   • Romanization: Mueoseul
7. Hasigessseubnikka (하시겠습니까?)
   
   • Meaning: Will you do it? (formal)
   • Romanization: Hasigessseubnikka
8. Issseubnikka (있습니까?)
   
   • Meaning: Is there? Do you have? (formal)
   • Romanization: Issseubnikka
9. Guun (군)
   
   • Meaning: District, county, or Mr. (used after a man’s name)
   • Romanization: Guun
10. Deurilkkayo (드릴까요?)
    
    • Meaning: Shall I give it to you? (formal)
    • Romanization: Deurilkkayo
11. Deulda (듣다)
    
    • Meaning: To listen, to hear
    • Romanization: Deulda
12. Deureowa (들어와)
    
    • Meaning: Come in (informal)
    • Romanization: Deureowa
13. Deureumyeon (들으면)
    
    • Meaning: If you listen, if you hear
    • Romanization: Deureumyeon
14. Deureoyo (들어요)
    
    • Meaning: Listen, hear (polite)
    • Romanization: Deureoyo
15. Saemmul (샘물)
    
    • Meaning: Spring water
    • Romanization: Saemmul
16. Byeong (병)
    
    • Meaning: Bottle or disease
    • Romanization: Byeong
17. Han (한)
    
    • Meaning: One (as in “one thing,” “one person”)
    • Romanization: Han
18. Keun (큰)
    
    • Meaning: Big, large (as an adjective)
    • Romanization: Keun
19. Laim (라임)
    
    • Meaning: Lime (borrowed from English)
    • Romanization: Laim
20. Meokgo (먹고) vs. Meoggo (먹고)
    
    • Meaning: Both mean “eating” or “and eat” (the same word, just different Romanization; both forms are correct)
    • Romanization: Meokgo / Meoggo
21. Masida (마시다)
    
    • Meaning: To drink
    • Romanization: Masida
22. Gireum-eul (기름을)
    
    • Meaning: Oil (as the object in a sentence)
    • Romanization: Gireum-eul
23. Geugeos-eun (그것은)
    
    • Meaning: That is, as for that (when starting a sentence)
    • Romanization: Geugeos-eun
24. Jeonchae (전체)
    
    • Meaning: The whole, entirety
    • Romanization: Jeonchae
25. Dangsindeureun (당신들은)
    
    • Meaning: You all (formal, plural)
    • Romanization: Dangsindeureun

These words and phrases are useful in different contexts, and I hope this helps you with your learning! If you need more examples or have further questions, feel free to ask!

Question 289

Masigessseubnida-
Cheongryang-eumryoleul-
Oee-
Mwoga-
Guge-
Neoeul-
Os-eul-
Sasseumnida-
Gageeseo-
Rolgwa-
Angyeongjeom-e
Angyeongeul-
Galjeungi
Bareul-
Gajyeoga-
Eobgo-
Baegopeumyeon
Baegopasseumnida-
Jegwajeom-e
Dijeoteu
Dineorolgwa-

Answer 289

Here are the meanings and Romanizations for the Korean words and phrases you’ve provided:

1. Masigessseubnida (마시겠습니다)
   
   • Meaning: I will drink (formal)
   • Romanization: Masigessseubnida
2. Cheongryang-eumryoleul (청량 음료를)
   
   • Meaning: Soft drink, refreshing beverage (as the object in a sentence)
   • Romanization: Cheongryang-eumryoleul
3. Oee (외에)
   
   • Meaning: Besides, apart from
   • Romanization: Oee
4. Mwoga (뭐가)
   
   • Meaning: What is…? (subject form, informal)
   • Romanization: Mwoga
5. Guge (그게)
   
   • Meaning: That (subject form, informal)
   • Romanization: Guge
6. Neoeul (너를)
   
   • Meaning: You (as the object in a sentence, informal)
   • Romanization: Neoeul
7. Os-eul (옷을)
   
   • Meaning: Clothes (as the object in a sentence)
   • Romanization: Os-eul
8. Sasseumnida (샀습니다)
   
   • Meaning: I bought (formal)
   • Romanization: Sasseumnida
9. Gageeseo (가게에서)
   
   • Meaning: At the store, from the store
   • Romanization: Gageeseo
10. Rolgwa (롤과)
    
    • Meaning: Roll and (as in “roll and… something”)
    • Romanization: Rolgwa
11. Angyeongjeom-e (안경점에)
    
    • Meaning: At the eyeglasses store
    • Romanization: Angyeongjeom-e
12. Angyeongeul (안경을)
    
    • Meaning: Glasses, eyeglasses (as the object in a sentence)
    • Romanization: Angyeongeul
13. Galjeungi (갈증이)
    
    • Meaning: Thirst (as the subject in a sentence)
    • Romanization: Galjeungi
14. Bareul (바를)
    
    • Meaning: Apply (as in “apply something”)
    • Romanization: Bareul
15. Gajyeoga (가져가)
    
    • Meaning: Take, bring (informal)
    • Romanization: Gajyeoga
16. Eobgo (없고)
    
    • Meaning: And there’s none, and don’t have
    • Romanization: Eobgo
17. Baegopeumyeon (배고프면)
    
    • Meaning: If you’re hungry
    • Romanization: Baegopeumyeon
18. Baegopasseumnida (배고팠습니다)
    
    • Meaning: I was hungry (formal)
    • Romanization: Baegopasseumnida
19. Jegwajeom-e (제과점에)
    
    • Meaning: At the bakery
    • Romanization: Jegwajeom-e
20. Dijeoteu (디저트)
    
    • Meaning: Dessert (borrowed from English)
    • Romanization: Dijeoteu
21. Dineorolgwa (디너롤과)
    
    • Meaning: Dinner roll and (as in “dinner roll and… something”)
    • Romanization: Dineorolgwa

These phrases can be used in various contexts related to shopping, eating, and general daily activities. If you have any more questions or need additional examples, feel free to ask!

Question 290

Geurae, geu saram bakke hal su eopseo.

Answer 290

The phrase “Geurae, geu saram bakke” can be translated as “Yes, only that person…“ or “Yes, except for that person…“ depending on the context. However, it’s incomplete for the meaning you’re looking for, which is “Yes, he’s the only one capable of…“.

A more complete sentence in Korean might be:

“그래, 그 사람밖에 할 수 없어.”
- Romanization: Geurae, geu saram bakke hal su eopseo.
- Meaning: Yes, he’s the only one who can do it.

This indicates that he is the only one capable of doing something.

Question 291

Geuge, uriga eotteoke saenggakhadeun geunyeoneun wonhaji ana.

Answer 291

To express the sentence “The thing is, regardless of what we think, she doesn’t want it” in Korean, you can say:

“그게, 우리가 어떻게 생각하든 그녀는 원하지 않아.”
- Romanization: Geuge, uriga eotteoke saenggakhadeun geunyeoneun wonhaji ana.
- Meaning: The thing is, regardless of what we think, she doesn’t want it.

This sentence conveys the idea that despite our opinions or thoughts, she is not interested or doesn’t want it.

Question 292

Jeohuido geunyeoreul nopge pyeongga-hae jusyeoseo jeongmal gamsahaeyo

Answer 292

To express the sentence “We’re so grateful you think so highly of her, too” in Korean, you can say:

“저희도 그녀를 높게 평가해 주셔서 정말 감사해요.”
- Romanization: Jeohuido geunyeoreul nopge pyeongga-hae jusyeoseo jeongmal gamsahaeyo.
- Meaning: We’re so grateful you think so highly of her, too.

This sentence shows gratitude for someone’s positive opinion or high regard for her.

Question 293

Mianhae, nae jalmosiya.
Mianhae, nae jalmosieosseo.

Answer 293

To say “Sorry, it was my fault” in Korean, you can say:

“미안해, 내 잘못이야.”
- Romanization: Mianhae, nae jalmosiya.
- Meaning: Sorry, it was my fault.

Yes, there is a similar phrase that sounds like “미안해, 내 잘못됐어” (Mianhae, nae jalmodwaesseo), though it’s not as commonly used.

“미안해, 내 잘못이었어.”
- Romanization: Mianhae, nae jalmosieosseo.
- Meaning: Sorry, it was my fault.

This phrase is in the past tense, emphasizing that it was your fault. It’s still informal and suitable for use with friends or people close to you.

Question 294

Yeogi jinjja amudo eobjana.
Na don eobjana
Sigan eobjana, ppalli gaja.
Ije pingge dael ge eobjana.
Neomu bissaseo sal suga eobjana.

Answer 294

Here are some sample sentences using “없잖아” (eobjana), which is an informal expression used when something doesn’t exist or is not present:

1. 여기 진짜 아무도 없잖아.
   
   • Romanization: Yeogi jinjja amudo eobjana.
   • Meaning: There’s really no one here.
2. 나 돈 없잖아.
   
   • Romanization: Na don eobjana.
   • Meaning: I don’t have any money.
3. 시간 없잖아, 빨리 가자.
   
   • Romanization: Sigan eobjana, ppalli gaja.
   • Meaning: We don’t have time, let’s go quickly.
4. 이제 핑계 댈 게 없잖아.
   
   • Romanization: Ije pingge dael ge eobjana.
   • Meaning: Now there’s no excuse left.
5. 너무 비싸서 살 수가 없잖아.
   
   • Romanization: Neomu bissaseo sal suga eobjana.
   • Meaning: It’s too expensive, so I can’t buy it.

Question 295

Oreunjjogeuro ga? Gosokdoro-eseo nagaraneun tteus-ie? Eodiro gago isseo?

Answer 295

Here’s how you can say “Turn right? You mean exit from the expressway? Where are we going?” in Korean:

“오른쪽으로 가요? 고속도로에서 나가라는 뜻이에요? 어디로 가고 있어요?”

Romanization: “Oreunjjogeuro gayo? Gosokdoro-eseo nagaraneun tteus-ieyo? Eodiro gago isseoyo?”

Breakdown:
- 오른쪽으로 가요? (Oreunjjogeuro gayo?) - Turn right?
- 고속도로에서 나가라는 뜻이에요? (Gosokdoro-eseo nagaraneun tteus-ieyo?) - You mean exit from the expressway?
- 어디로 가고 있어요? (Eodiro gago isseoyo?) - Where are we going?

This conversation reflects the confusion of the speaker about the direction and destination.

Question 296

Seolma! Duri sagwiyo?

Answer 296

Here’s how you can say “Are you two dating?” in Korean with the phrase you provided:

“설마! 둘이 사귀어요?”
Romanization: “Seolma! Duri sagwiyo?”

Breakdown:
- 설마! (Seolma!) - No way! (Used to express disbelief or surprise)
- 둘이 사귀어요? (Duri sagwiyo?) - Are you two dating?

This sentence effectively conveys a mix of surprise and curiosity about the relationship status of the two people.

Question 297

Seodullyeo haeseo
Jega bappaseo
Bappeun iri isseoseo
Jega jom bappasseo

Answer 297

The phrase “Baemeun bappaseo” doesn’t directly translate to “because I’m in a hurry.” Here’s the correct translation:

• “서둘러야 해서요.” (Seodullyeo haeseoyo.) - Because I’m in a hurry.

Breakdown:
- 서둘러야 해서요. (Seodullyeo haeseoyo.) - I have to hurry, so… / Because I’m in a hurry.

If you meant to say “because I’m busy,” you could use:
The phrase “제가 바빠서요” (Jega bappaseoyo) is a natural and common way to say “Because I’m busy” in Korean.

However, if you want to express the idea of being busy in a more casual or slightly different context, you could say:

• “바쁜 일이 있어서요.” (Bappeun iri isseoseoyo.) - Because I have something busy going on.
• “제가 좀 바빴어요.” (Jega jom bappasseoyo.) - I was a bit busy.
• “할 일이 많아서요.” (Hal iri manaseoyo.) - Because I have a lot to do.

Each of these phrases conveys the idea that you’re busy or occupied, with slight nuances depending on the situation.

• “바빠서요.” (Bappaseoyo.) - Because I’m busy.

If there’s a different context or specific phrasing you’re looking for, feel free to ask!

Question 298

Na yeppeo boyeo?
Na meosisseo boyeo?

Answer 298

To ask “Do I look good?” in Korean, you can say:

• “나 괜찮아 보여?” (Na gwaenchanha boyeo?) - This is a casual way to ask if you look good.
• “나 예뻐 보여?” (Na yeppeo boyeo?) - This is a casual way to ask if you look pretty.
• “나 멋있어 보여?” (Na meosisseo boyeo?) - This is a casual way to ask if you look stylish or cool.

Question 299

Usaneul ssiulkka?
Mweonga jalmosdoen geo isseo?

Answer 299

Yes, “우산을 씌울까요?” (Usaneul ssiulkkayo?) means “Shall I put up an umbrella?” This is asking if you should use an umbrella for someone. If you’re asking if there’s something wrong, you might use:

• “뭔가 잘못된 거 있어요?” (Mweonga jalmosdoen geo isseoyo?) - Is there something wrong?
• “무슨 일 있어요?” (Museun il isseoyo?) - Is there something going on?

Question 300

Haji ma!
Haji mara! Kdrama

Answer 300

Yes, “하지 마!” (Haji ma!) means “Don’t do that!” It’s an informal way to tell someone not to do something. For a more polite version, you can say:

• “하지 마세요!” (Haji maseyo!)

Question 301

Geu sarameul dasi mannal su isseulkka

Answer 301

In Korean, to ask if you’ll be able to meet someone again, you can say:

• “그 사람을 다시 만날 수 있을까요?” (Geu sarameul dasi mannal su isseulkkayo?)

This phrase translates to “Will I be able to meet that person again?”

Question 302

Ani, silheo! Jaemieobseo

Answer 302

In English, this means:

• “No, I don’t want to! It’s not interesting.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “아니, 싫어!” (Ani, silheo!): “No, I don’t want to!”
- “재미없어” (Jaemieobseo): “It’s not interesting.”

Question 303

Ani, silheo! Jaemieobseo

Answer 303

In English, this means:

• “No, I don’t want to! It’s not interesting.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “아니, 싫어!” (Ani, silheo!): “No, I don’t want to!”
- “재미없어” (Jaemieobseo): “It’s not interesting.”

Question 304

Chwe-ae
Gajang joahaneun
Boimnikka?

Answer 304

The word for “favorite” in Korean is “최애” (chwe-ae). It is commonly used to refer to one’s favorite person, thing, or activity. Another term is “가장 좋아하는” (gajang joahaneun), which means “most liked” or “favorite.”
“보입니까?” (boimnikka?) means “Do you see?” or “Can you see?” in Korean. It is used to ask if someone is able to see or notice something.

Question 305

Baram
Geu daumeun mwo hal ge
*Geu daumeun mwo hal ge? Hoksi meokgo?
Biga omyeon jibe isseul geo
Munje-ga saeng-gimyeon na-ege malhae juseyo
Gidari-myeon bandeusi ol geo

Answer 305

“그다” (geuda) is not commonly used as a standalone word in Korean. It seems like you might be referring to “그거” (geugeo), which means “that thing” or “it.”

If you meant “그 다음” (geu daum), it means “then” or “next.” For example:

• “그 다음에는 뭐 할 거예요?” (Geu daumeun mwo hal geoyeyo?) - “What will you do next?”
  “뭐면” (pumyeon) in Korean means “if” or “in case.” Here are some sample sentences:

1. “비가 오면 집에 있을 거예요.”
   (Biga omyeon jibe isseul geoyeyo.)
   “If it rains, I will stay home.”
2. “문제가 생기면 나에게 말해 주세요.”
   (Munje-ga saeng-gimyeon na-ege malhae juseyo.)
   “If a problem arises, please let me know.”
3. “기다리면 반드시 올 거예요.”
   (Gidari-myeon bandeusi ol geoyeyo.)
   “If you wait, it will certainly come.”
   The word for “wind” in Korean is “바람” (baram).
   “그 다음은 뭐 할 게? 혹시 먹고?” (Geu daumeun mwo hal ge? Hoksi meokgo?) means “What will we do next? Maybe eat?”

Question 306

Geogi-ya! Ppalli!
Gugupchareul bulleo! Ppalli!

Answer 306

“거기야! 빨리!” (Geogi-ya! Ppalli!) translates to “Over there! Hurry!”

For “Call an ambulance!” it would be “구급차를 불러!” (Gugupchareul bulleo!).

Question 307

Geuneun misinjeogin mideumeul gajigo itda.
Misinjeogin haengdong-eun pihaneun ge johta.
Misinjeogin iyuro il-eul miruji maseyo

Answer 307

The word for “superstitious” in Korean is “미신적인” (misinjeogin). Here are some sample sentences:

1. 그는 미신적인 믿음을 가지고 있다.
   
   • Geuneun misinjeogin mideumeul gajigo itda.
   • He has superstitious beliefs.
2. 미신적인 행동은 피하는 게 좋다.
   
   • Misinjeogin haengdong-eun pihaneun ge johta.
   • It’s better to avoid superstitious behavior.
3. 미신적인 이유로 일을 미루지 마세요.
   
   • Misinjeogin iyuro il-eul miruji maseyo.
   • Don’t postpone things because of superstitious reasons.

Question 308

Ireumeul bureugine.
Bureugine, wae daedap an hae?
Cheotsarang
Geureosse

Answer 308

“Burugene” (부르기네) is an informal and somewhat playful way of saying “calling” or “calling out” in Korean. It’s derived from the verb “부르다” (bureuda), which means “to call” or “to summon.”

Sample Sentences:
1. “이름을 부르기네.” (Ireumeul bureugine.) - “Calling out your name.”
2. “부르기네, 왜 대답 안 해?” (Bureugine, wae daedap an hae?) - “Calling out, why aren’t you answering?”
“First love” in Korean is “첫사랑” (cheotsarang).
“Geureosse” (그랬어) typically means “It was like that” or “It was that way” in Korean. It indicates that something happened or was the way it was mentioned.

If you want to express “I don’t know”, you would say “Molla” (몰라).

Question 309

Yeoksi jeo-neun da jeil jalhae
Yeoksi neoui saeng-gag-eun jeongmal teugbyeolhae
Yeoksi eotteon gyeolgwa-do jaju jal doenda
Yeoksi geu-reohge tto jaemi iss-eo
Yeoksi neoneun jeongmal jisanghae

Answer 309

“Yeoksi” (역시) translates to “as expected” or “just as I thought.” It’s used to express that something meets expectations or confirms a prior assumption.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Yeoksi jeo-neun da jeil jalhae.”
   역시 저는 다 제일 잘해.
   
   • “As expected, he’s the best at everything.”
2. “Yeoksi neoui saeng-gag-eun jeongmal teugbyeolhae.”
   역시 너의 생각은 정말 특별해.
   
   • “As expected, your thoughts are really special.”
3. “Yeoksi eotteon gyeolgwa-do jaju jal doenda.”
   역시 어떤 결과도 자주 잘 된다.
   
   • “As expected, any result usually turns out well.”
4. “Yeoksi geu-reohge tto jaemi iss-eo.”
   역시 그렇게 또 재미 있어.
   
   • “As expected, it’s fun like that again.”
5. “Yeoksi neoneun jeongmal jisanghae.”
   역시 너는 정말 지상해.
   
   • “As expected, you are really impressive.”

Question 310

Meeting jal dwaess-eo?
Meeting jal dwaess-eunji?
Jeonhyeo utgiji anha

Answer 310

To ask if the meeting went well in Korean, you can say:

“Meeting jal dwaess-eo?”
미팅 잘 됐어?

Or, for a slightly more formal version:

“Meeting jal dwaess-eunji?”
미팅 잘 됐는지?
To say “It’s not even funny” in Korean, you can use:

“전혀 웃기지 않아.”
“Jeonhyeo utgiji anha.”

Question 311

Geureul ieobs-eonikka
Geureol li eopseunikka geokjeonghaji maseyo
Geureol li eopseunikka geunyang mid-eodo dwaeyo

Answer 311

“Geureul ieobs-eonikka” (그럴이없으니까) translates to “because there is no such thing” or “because it doesn’t happen.” It can be used to explain that something is not possible or doesn’t exist.

Here are some examples:

1. “그럴 리 없으니까 걱정하지 마세요.”
   “Because it’s impossible, don’t worry.”
2. “그럴 리 없으니까 그냥 믿어도 돼요.”
   “Because it’s impossible, you can just believe it.”
3. “Geureol li eopseunikka geokjeonghaji maseyo”
   “Don’t worry because it’s not possible.”
4. “Geureol li eopseunikka geunyang mid-eodo dwaeyo”
   “Anyway, you can just believe it.”

Question 312

Amuteun, jigeumeun haegyeol bangbeob-eul chaj-aya hae
Amuteun geu il-i haegyeoldoegil barae
Amuteun oneul-eun hoe-ui-ga issuni junbihae juseyo
Amuteun, geu saram-eun ggok mannaya hae
Amuteun, il-i eotteohge doedeunji sangwan eopseo

Answer 312

Here are some sample sentences using “amuteun” (아무튼), which means “anyway” or “in any case”:

1. “아무튼, 지금은 해결 방법을 찾아야 해요.”
   “Anyway, we need to find a solution now.”
2. “아무튼 그 일이 해결되길 바래요.”
   “Anyway, I hope that matter gets resolved.”
3. “아무튼 오늘은 회의가 있으니 준비해 주세요.”
   “Anyway, we have a meeting today, so please prepare.”
4. “아무튼, 그 사람은 꼭 만나야 해요.”
   “Anyway, you have to meet that person.”
5. “아무튼, 일이 어떻게 되든지 상관없어요.”
   “Anyway, I don’t care how things turn out.”

Here are the sentences converted to the English alphabet:

3. “Amuteun, jigeumeun haegyeol bangbeob-eul chaj-aya haeyo”
   “Anyway, we need to find a solution now.”
4. “Amuteun geu il-i haegyeoldoegil baraeyo”
   “Anyway, I hope that matter gets resolved.”
5. “Amuteun oneul-eun hoe-ui-ga issuni junbihae juseyo”
   “Anyway, we have a meeting today, so please prepare.”
6. “Amuteun, geu saram-eun ggok mannaya haeyo”
   “Anyway, you have to meet that person.”
7. “Amuteun, il-i eotteohge doedeunji sangwan eopseoyo”
   “Anyway, I don’t care how things turn out.”

Question 313

Dalmi boja! Jigeum jal jinaeseyo
Dalmi boja, geureonikka jal jinaess-eo
Dalmi boja, jeongmal joh-ayo!
Dalmi boja, geu ttae boja
Dalmi boja, jal jinhae

Answer 313

“Dalmi boja” means “See you next time.” Here are some sample sentences with Korean in the English alphabet:

1. “Dalmi boja! Jigeum jal jinaeseyo?”
   “See you next time! How are you doing now?”
2. “Dalmi boja, geureonikka jal jinaess-eo.”
   “See you next time, so take care.”
3. “Dalmi boja, jeongmal joh-ayo!”
   “See you next time, it was really nice!”
4. “Dalmi boja, geu ttae boja.”
   “See you next time, see you then.”
5. “Dalmi boja, jal jinhae!”
   “See you next time, take care!”

Question 314

Michyeoseo? Doraseo?
Wa Jinjja! Michyeoseo? Doraseo?

Answer 314

In Korean, “Are you crazy?” and “Are you insane?” can be expressed as follows:

1. “미쳤어?” (Michyeoseo?) - “Are you crazy?”
2. “돌았어?” (Doraseo?) or “정신 나갔어?” (Jeongsin nagasseo?) - “Are you insane?”

These are informal ways to ask these questions. In a more formal setting, you might use:

• “미쳤어요?” (Michyeosseoyo?) - “Are you crazy?”
• “돌았어요?” (Dorasseoyo?) or “정신 나갔어요?” (Jeongsin nagasseoyo?) - “Are you insane?”

Question 315

Wae geurae? Na mwo jalmoshaesseo?
Wae irae? Na mwo jalmoshaenneunde?

Wae irae? Na mwo jalmoshaestago? In Kdrama

Answer 315

In Korean, “What’s wrong with you?” and “What did I do?” can be expressed as follows:

1. “왜 그래?” (Wae geurae?) - “What’s wrong with you?”
2. “나 뭐 잘못했어?” (Na mwo jalmoshaesseo?) - “What did I do wrong?”

Both of these are informal. If you’re speaking formally, you might say:

1. “왜 그러세요?” (Wae geureoseyo?) - “What’s wrong with you?”
2. “제가 뭐 잘못했나요?” (Jega mwo jalmoshaennaeyo?) - “What did I do wrong?”
   in a way that might resemble what you heard:
3. “왜 이래?” (Wae irae?) - A casual and slightly more confrontational way to say, “What’s wrong with you?”
4. “나 뭐 잘못했는데?” (Na mwo jalmoshaenneunde?) - “What did I do wrong?” This version can have a more defensive tone, implying that you’re asking for clarification or disagreeing with the notion that you did something wrong.

These variations might match the tone and context of what you heard in the drama.

Question 316

Wae eolguri geurae? Neo apa?

Answer 316

In Korean, if you want to ask “You look terrible. Are you sick?” while also asking “What’s wrong with you?” you could say:

“왜 얼굴이 그래? 너 아파?” (Wae eolguri geurae? Neo apa?)

This translates to:

• 왜 (Wae) - “Why” or “What’s wrong”
• 얼굴이 (eolguri) - “Your face”
• 그래? (geurae?) - “Like that?” (indicating concern or that something seems off)
• 너 (Neo) - “You”
• 아파? (Apa?) - “Are you sick?”

This phrase shows concern for the person’s appearance and asks if they are feeling unwell.

Question 317

Yeogi ne, nega butakan chaeg-iya
Yeogi ne, keopi nawass-eo
Yeogi ne, nae sugjeya
Yeogi ne, nega chatdeon pail-iya
Yeogi ne, ne eumryosuya

Answer 317

“여기 네” (Yeogi ne) can be used informally to say “Here you go” when handing something over to someone. Here are some sample sentences using “여기 네” (Yeogi ne) and variations:

1. 여기 네, 네가 부탁한 책이야.
   (Yeogi ne, nega butakan chaeg-iya.)
   “Here you go, the book you asked for.”
2. 여기 네, 커피 나왔어.
   (Yeogi ne, keopi nawass-eo.)
   “Here you go, your coffee is ready.”
3. 여기 네, 내 숙제야.
   (Yeogi ne, nae sugjeya.)
   “Here you go, my homework.”
4. 여기 네, 네가 찾던 파일이야.
   (Yeogi ne, nega chatdeon pail-iya.)
   “Here you go, the file you were looking for.”
5. 여기 네, 네 음료수야.
   (Yeogi ne, ne eumryosuya.)
   “Here you go, your drink.”

These sentences demonstrate how “여기 네” (Yeogi ne) can be used in everyday situations where you hand something over to someone.

Question 318

Ulji ma, naega yeogi isseo
Ulji ma, da jaldoel geoya
Utji ma, jinjihage malhago isseo
Jangnanchiji ma, sigan eobseo

Answer 318

In Korean, “Don’t cry” is 울지 마 (ulji ma). Here are some sample sentences using this phrase:

1. 울지 마, 내가 여기 있어.
   (Ulji ma, naega yeogi isseo.)
   “Don’t cry, I’m here with you.”
2. 울지 마, 다 잘될 거야.
   (Ulji ma, da jaldoel geoya.)
   “Don’t cry, everything will be okay.”
3. 울지 마, 너는 혼자가 아니야.
   (Ulji ma, neoneun honjaga aniya.)
   “Don’t cry, you’re not alone.”
4. 울지 마, 우리가 해결할 수 있어.
   (Ulji ma, uriga haegyeolhal su isseo.)
   “Don’t cry, we can solve this.”
5. 울지 마, 이건 끝이 아니야.
   (Ulji ma, igeon kkeut-i aniya.)
   “Don’t cry, this isn’t the end.”

In Korean, you can express “Don’t laugh” as 웃지 마 (utji ma) and “Don’t joke around” as 장난치지 마 (jangnanchiji ma). Here are some sample sentences using these phrases:

1. 웃지 마, 진지하게 말하고 있어.
   (Utji ma, jinjihage malhago isseo.)
   “Don’t laugh, I’m being serious.”
2. 웃지 마, 이건 농담이 아니야.
   (Utji ma, igeon nongdam-i aniya.)
   “Don’t laugh, this isn’t a joke.”
3. 웃지 마, 중요한 얘기야.
   (Utji ma, jung-yohan yaegiya.)
   “Don’t laugh, this is important.”

1. 장난치지 마, 나 화났어.
   (Jangnanchiji ma, na hwanasseo.)
   “Don’t joke around, I’m angry.”
2. 장난치지 마, 이건 진짜야.
   (Jangnanchiji ma, igeon jinjja-ya.)
   “Don’t joke around, this is for real.”
3. 장난치지 마, 시간 없어.
   (Jangnanchiji ma, sigan eobseo.)
   “Don’t joke around, we don’t have time.”

These sentences demonstrate how to use “Don’t laugh” and “Don’t joke around” in various contexts.

Question 319

Geuraeseo jal moreugesseo
Geuraeseo hwaksilhaji ana

Answer 319

In Korean, “그래서” (geuraeseo) means “so” or “therefore,” and is used to indicate the result or consequence of something. However, “I’m not sure” can be translated to 잘 모르겠어 (jal moreugesseo) or 확실하지 않아 (hwaksilhaji ana).

If you’re combining these ideas into a phrase, you might say:

그래서 잘 모르겠어.
(Geuraeseo jal moreugesseo.)
“So, I’m not sure.”

그래서 확실하지 않아.
(Geuraeseo hwaksilhaji ana.)
“So, I’m not sure.”

This can be used when you’re unsure about the outcome or don’t have a clear answer.

Question 320

Neo eotteohke ara?
Geu sosigeul eotteohke ara?
Naega joahaneun geol eotteohke ara?
Nae bimireul eotteohke ara?

Answer 320

“어떻게 알아?” (eotteohke ara?) means “How do you know that?” in Korean.

This phrase is used when you’re asking someone how they came to know a certain piece of information. Here are some sample sentences using it:

1. 너 어떻게 알아?
   (Neo eotteohke ara?)
   “How do you know?”
2. 그 소식을 어떻게 알았어?
   (Geu sosigeul eotteohke arasseo?)
   “How did you know that news?”
3. 내가 좋아하는 걸 어떻게 알았어?
   (Naega joahaneun geol eotteohke arasseo?)
   “How did you know what I like?”
4. 내 비밀을 어떻게 알았어?
   (Nae bimireul eotteohke arasseo?)
   “How did you find out my secret?”

Question 321

Neo wae geurae? Museun il isseo?
Oneul wae geurae? Gibun an joa?
Gapjagi wae geurae? Museun il isseosseo?

Answer 321

Yes, “네오 왜 그래?” (Neo wae geurae?) translates to “What’s wrong?” in Korean. It’s an informal way to ask someone what’s bothering them or why they are acting a certain way.

Here are some sample sentences using it:

1. “너 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있어?”
   (Neo wae geurae? Museun il isseo?)
   “What’s wrong? Is something going on?”
2. “오늘 왜 그래? 기분 안 좋아?”
   (Oneul wae geurae? Gibun an joa?)
   “What’s wrong today? Are you feeling down?”
3. “갑자기 왜 그래? 무슨 일 있었어?”
   (Gapjagi wae geurae? Museun il isseosseo?)
   “Why are you acting like this all of a sudden? Did something happen?”

This phrase is commonly used when you notice someone isn’t acting like their usual self.

Question 322

Naba jal jinae?
Naba oneul mwo halkka?
Naba geugeo an haesseo
Naba gibuni joa

Answer 322

“나바” (naba) is a casual way of saying “me” or “I” in Korean, and it’s often used informally.

Here are some sample sentences:

1. “나바 잘 지내?”
   (Naba jal jinae?)
   “How am I doing?” (Or more naturally, “How have I been?”)
2. “나바 오늘 뭐 할까?”
   (Naba oneul mwo halkka?)
   “What should I do today?”
3. “나바 그거 안 했어.”
   (Naba geugeo an haesseo.)
   “I didn’t do that.”
4. “나바 기분이 좋아.”
   (Naba gibuni joa.)
   “I’m in a good mood.”

Remember, “나바” is very informal and should be used with people you are close to or in casual settings.

Question 323

Geurae? Etteodaga?
Geurae? Jeongmal da?
Etteodaga? Jeongmal?

Answer 323

Here’s how you can use the expressions:

• “Geurae?” (그래?) – “Really?” or “Is that so?” It’s used to express surprise or seek confirmation.
• “Etteodaga?” (어떻게 다가?) – “What happened?” or “What’s the matter?” It’s used to ask for details about a situation or event.

1. Person A: “I won the contest!”
   Person B: “Geurae? Jeongmal da?” (그래? 정말 다?)
   “Really? Are you serious?”
2. Person A: “I heard he’s moving away.”
   Person B: “Etteodaga? Jeongmal?” (어떻게 다가? 정말?)
   “What happened? Really?”

These phrases can be used in informal conversations to express surprise and inquire about details.

Question 324

Geuttae deo chingudeul-i manh-ass-eo
Geuttae deo jeo jaemi iss-eoss-eo
Geuttae deo jigeum-i haji anhaess-eo
Geuttae deo jageun chodeun yeonghwa-reul bol su iss-eoss-eo

Answer 324

“Geuttae deo” (그때 더) means “back then” or “more at that time.” It refers to something that happened or was the case in the past.

1. “Geuttae deo chingudeul-i manh-ass-eo.”
   (그때 더 친구들이 많았어.)
   “Back then, there were more friends.”
2. “Geuttae deo jeo jaemi iss-eoss-eo.”
   (그때 더 저 재미 있었어.)
   “It was more fun back then.”
3. “Geuttae deo jigeum-i haji anhaess-eo.”
   (그때 더 지금이 하지 않았어.)
   “I didn’t do it back then.”
4. “Geuttae deo jageun chodeun yeonghwa-reul bol su iss-eoss-eo.”
   (그때 더 작은 초든 영화를 볼 수 있었어.)
   “Back then, I could watch smaller films.”

These sentences show how to use “geuttae deo” to reference past situations or conditions.

Question 325

Jeoneun ije itaba
Gwaenchanh-a, itaba!
Gaseyo, geureon jeong-hae-jwo
Gaseyo, sigan-i eoryeowoyo
Bakkeo, gaseyo

Answer 325

Here are the translations and sample sentences for “itaba” and “gaseyo”:

• Meaning: “See you later” or “I’ll see you later”

Sample Sentences:
1. “Jeoneun ije itaba.”
(저는 이제 이따봐.)
“I’ll see you later.”

2. “Gwaenchanh-a, itaba!”
   (괜찮아, 이따봐!)
   “It’s okay, see you later!”

• Meaning: “Let’s go” or “Go ahead” (when speaking to someone else)

Sample Sentences:
1. “Gaseyo, geureon jeong-hae-jwo.”
(가세요, 그런 정해줘.)
“Let’s go, and decide on that.”

2. “Gaseyo, sigan-i eoryeowoyo.”
   (가세요, 시간이 어려워요.)
   “Let’s go, the time is tough.”
3. “Bakkeo, gaseyo.”
   (바꿔, 가세요.)
   “Change it, and let’s go.”

Question 326

Geureom, jigeum il silkka?
Geureom, jigeum il silkka? Ajeossi hanbeon boja
Geureom, jigeum il silkka, anha?

Answer 326

The phrase “Geureom, jigeum il silkka?” (그러면, 지금 일 실까?) translates to “Then, should we work now?”

Here’s how it breaks down:

• Geureom (그러면) - “Then” or “So”
• Jigeum (지금) - “Now”
• Il (일) - “Work”
• Silkka (실까?) - “Should we?”

Sample Sentences:

1. “Geureom, jigeum il silkka?”
   (그러면, 지금 일 실까?)
   “Then, should we work now?”
2. “Geureom, jigeum il silkka? Ajeossi hanbeon boja.”
   (그러면, 지금 일 실까? 아저씨 한번 보자.)
   “Then, should we work now? Let’s take a look at it once, uncle.”
3. “Geureom, jigeum il silkka, anha?”
   (그러면, 지금 일 실까, 아니야?)
   “Then, should we work now or not?”

Question 327

Geureonikka! Chakkaman, geureonikka jeongmal geureonikka
Geureonikka! Chakkaman jeongmal joheun jeongbu-neun
Geureonikka! Chakkaman, nan mureun geot-i isseo

Answer 327

The phrase “Geureonikkayo! Chakkaman!” (그러니까요! 잠깐만!) translates to “I know right! Wait a minute!” Here’s the breakdown:

• Geureonikkayo (그러니까요) - “I know right” or “Exactly”
• Chakkaman (잠깐만) - “Wait a minute” or “Just a moment”

Sample Sentences:

1. “Geureonikkayo! Chakkaman, geureonikka jeongmal geureonikkayo.”
   (그러니까요! 잠깐만, 그러니까 정말 그러니까요.)
   “I know right! Wait a minute, exactly, I really know right.”
2. “Geureonikkayo! Chakkaman jeongmal joheun jeongbu-neun.”
   (그러니까요! 잠깐만 정말 좋은 정부는.)
   “I know right! Wait a minute, a really good government is…”
3. “Geureonikkayo! Chakkaman, nan mureun geot-i isseoyo.”
   (그러니까요! 잠깐만, 난 모르는 것이 있어요.)
   “I know right! Wait a minute, I have something I don’t know.”

Question 328

I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang
I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang. Nan jeongmal mureun geot-i eobs-eo
I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang, dongan haess-eo
I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang. Geureonikka jal haji anh-eo

Answer 328

The phrase “I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang” (이 타고? 하긴 안이도 조 그냥) translates to “What did I do? I guess you didn’t do much.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• I tago? (이 타고?) - “What did I do?” (Note: The more common way to say “What did I do?” would be “Naneun mwo haess-eo?” (나는 뭐 했어?))
• Hagin anido jo geunyang (하긴 안이도 조 그냥) - “I guess you didn’t do much” or “Actually, it’s not like you did much”

Sample Sentences:

1. “I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang. Nan jeongmal mureun geot-i eobs-eo.”
   (이 타고? 하긴 안이도 조 그냥. 난 정말 모르는 것이 없어.)
   “What did I do? I guess you didn’t do much. I really don’t know much.”
2. “I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang, dongan haess-eo.”
   (이 타고? 하긴 안이도 조 그냥, 동안 했어.)
   “What did I do? I guess you didn’t do much, you just did it for a while.”
3. “I tago? Hagin anido jo geunyang. Geureonikka jal haji anh-eo.”
   (이 타고? 하긴 안이도 조 그냥. 그러니까 잘 하지 않아.)
   “What did I do? I guess you didn’t do much. So, you didn’t really do well.”

Question 329

Amuteun, jigeum haji anhae
Amuteun, geureon geos-eun na jeon-eulo hago sip-eo
Amuteun, jeo-nun da jal saeng-gaghae
Amuteun, ireohge haess-eo
Amuteun, geureon jeongdo iss-eo

Answer 329

“Amuteun” (아무튼) means “Anyway” in Korean. It’s used to transition to another topic or to emphasize that regardless of what was previously mentioned, something else will be done.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Amuteun, jigeum haji anhae.”
   (아무튼, 지금 하지 않아.)
   “Anyway, I’m not doing it right now.”
2. “Amuteun, geureon geos-eun na jeon-eulo hago sip-eo.”
   (아무튼, 그런 것은 나 전-으로 하고 싶어.)
   “Anyway, I want to do that before anything else.”
3. “Amuteun, jeo-nun da jal saeng-gaghae.”
   (아무튼, 저-는 다 잘 생각해.)
   “Anyway, I’ve thought about it all.”
4. “Amuteun, ireohge haess-eo.”
   (아무튼, 이렇게 했어.)
   “Anyway, I did it like this.”
5. “Amuteun, geureon jeongdo iss-eo.”
   (아무튼, 그런 정도 있어.)
   “Anyway, there’s that much.”

These sentences use “amuteun” to shift focus or emphasize that despite other factors, the stated action or situation remains.

Question 330

Sasil, jeoneun geureon geos-eul saeng-gaghaess-eo
Sasil, geu-neun bangeul dollyeo jinda.
Sasil, jeo-neun jeongmal saeng-gaghaess-eo
Sasil, ireohge haess-eo

Answer 330

“Sasil” (사실) means “actually” or “in fact” in Korean. It’s used to introduce a fact or truth that may not be immediately apparent.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Sasil, jeoneun geureon geos-eul saeng-gaghaess-eo.”
   (사실, 저는 그런 것을 생각했어.)
   “Actually, I thought about that.”
2. “Sasil, geu-neun bangeul dollyeo jinda.”
   (사실, 그는 방을 돌려 진다.)
   “In fact, he goes around the room.”
3. “Sasil, na-neun eojjeom-yeo jeongdo johae.”
   (사실, 나는 어쩜-여 정도 좋아해.)
   “Actually, I kind of like it.”
4. “Sasil, jeo-neun jeongmal saeng-gaghaess-eo.”
   (사실, 저는 정말 생각했어.)
   “In fact, I really thought about it.”
5. “Sasil, ireohge haess-eo.”
   (사실, 이렇게 했어.)
   “Actually, I did it like this.”

“Sasil” is used to reveal or correct information by emphasizing what’s truly the case, often clarifying or adding to the previous statement.

Question 331

Jeoneun jeo-neun geureon haengdong-eul haji anhaess-eo
Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?”
Jeoneun geureon saram-i anida.

Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?
Seun isseo?

Answer 331

“Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?” (그렇게 아니라.. 뭐seun isseo?) translates to “That’s not it… What do you mean?”

Breakdown:

• Geuraege anira (그렇게 아니라) - “That’s not it” or “It’s not like that”
• Mwoseun isseo? (무슨 있어?) - “What do you mean?” or “What is it?”

Sample Sentences:

1. A: “Jeoneun jeo-neun geureon haengdong-eul haji anhaess-eo.”
   (저는 저는 그런 행동을 하지 않았어요.)
   “I didn’t do that kind of action.”B: “Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?”
   (그렇게 아니라.. 뭐seun isseo?)
   “That’s not it… What do you mean?”
2. A: “Jeoneun geureon saram-i anida.”
   (저는 그런 사람이 아니다.)
   “I’m not that kind of person.”B: “Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?”
   (그렇게 아니라.. 뭐seun isseo?)
   “That’s not it… What do you mean?”

In these examples, the response “Geuraege anira.. mwoseun isseo?” is used to clarify or challenge an incorrect assumption or explanation.

Question 332

Geu daga geureon il-eul haess-eo
Geu daga jeo-neun jeonhwaga an inna.
Geu daga jeo-neun chingudeul-eul mannamnida
Geu daga jeongmal jjal-eul geureon sigan-iya

Answer 332

“Geu daga” (그다가) translates to “on top of that” or “furthermore” in English. It’s used to add more information or to introduce an additional point.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Geu daga geureon il-eul haess-eo.”
   (그다가 그런 일을 했어.)
   “On top of that, I did that kind of thing.”
2. “Geu daga jeo-neun jeonhwaga an inna.”
   (그다가 저는 전화가 안 인다.)
   “Furthermore, I don’t receive calls.”
3. “Geu daga jeo-neun chingudeul-eul mannamnida.”
   (그다가 저는 친구들을 만난다.)
   “On top of that, I meet with friends.”
4. “Geu daga jeongmal jjal-eul geureon sigan-iya.”
   (그다가 정말 짧은 시간이야.)
   “Moreover, it’s a really short time.”

In these sentences, “geu daga” is used to add an additional point or detail to what has already been mentioned.

Question 333

Ya! Nado hae deureo. Na jeongmal joheun il-i aniya
Ya! Nado hae deureo. Na jeo yangjeongdo jal mos hal su eobs-eo
Ya! Nado hae deureo, geureonikka nal geureonikka

Answer 333

The phrase “Ya! Nado hae deureo” (야! 나도 해 들어) translates to “Hey! It’s hard for me, too” in English.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Ya! Nado hae deureo. Na jeongmal joheun il-i aniya.”
   (야! 나도 해 들어. 나 정말 좋은 일이 아니야.)
   “Hey! It’s hard for me, too. It’s really not a good thing for me.”
2. “Ya! Nado hae deureo. Na jeo yangjeongdo jal mos hal su eobs-eo.”
   (야! 나도 해 들어. 나 저 양정도 잘 못 할 수 없어.)
   “Hey! It’s hard for me, too. I can’t do that much well either.”
3. “Ya! Nado hae deureo, geureonikka nal geureonikka”
   (야! 나도 해 들어, 그런니까 날 그런니까)
   “Hey! It’s hard for me, too, so I’ll be like that too.”

In these examples, “Nado hae deureo” expresses that the speaker is also struggling or facing difficulty.

Question 334

De mari! Na jeongmal geureon geos-i haess-eo
De mari, na jeongmal jeongdo-neun geon an jeongmallo jigeum hal su eobs-eo.
De mari, i jeongbon-eun na gamsa

Answer 334

The phrase “De mari” (그 말이) translates to “That’s what I’m saying” or “That’s what I mean” in English. It is used to emphasize that what you are referring to is exactly what you intended to communicate.

Sample Sentences:

1. “De mari! Na jeongmal geureon geos-i haess-eo.”
   (그 말이! 나 정말 그런 것이 했어.)
   “That’s what I’m saying! I really did that.”
2. “De mari, na jeongmal jeongdo-neun geon an jeongmallo jigeum hal su eobs-eo.”
   (그 말이, 나 정말 정도는 건 안 정말로 지금 할 수 없어.)
   “That’s what I’m saying, I really can’t do that much right now.”
3. “De mari, i jeongbon-eun na gamsa.”
   (그 말이, 이 정본은 나 감사.)
   “That’s what I mean, I appreciate this detail.”

Question 335

Geu-neun yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, jeongmal eoddeon gyeolgwa
Yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, chingu-deul-eun geureon geos-eul jeongmal doegess-eo.
Yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, na jeongmal joh-a

Answer 335

The phrase “Yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago” means “He doesn’t like watching movies.”

Here’s a breakdown of the sentence:
- Yeonghwa (영화) = Movie
- reul (를) = Object particle (indicating the direct object)
- silheo (싫어) = Dislike
- bogo (보고) = Watching (from the verb “boda,” to see/watch)
- itago (있다고) = Indicates the state of being (in this context, it indicates the action of disliking)

Sample Sentences:

1. “Geu-neun yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, jeongmal eoddeon gyeolgwa.”
   (그는 영화를 싫어 보고 있다고, 정말 어떤 결과.)
   “He doesn’t like watching movies, really what a result.”
2. “Yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, chingu-deul-eun geureon geos-eul jeongmal doegess-eo.”
   (영화를 싫어 보고 있다고, 친구들은 그런 것을 정말 도겠어.)
   “He doesn’t like watching movies, but friends really want to do that.”
3. “Yeonghwareul silheo bogo itago, na jeongmal joh-a.”
   (영화를 싫어 보고 있다고, 나 정말 좋아.)
   “He doesn’t like watching movies, but I really like them.”

Question 336

Pangeum eodi ganeunji moreujiman, jeonhwaneul haesseo
Pangeum na je nuneun geureon geos-eul jal algess-eo
Pangeum na-eun jeongmal geureon geos-eul hal su eobs-eo

Answer 336

The word “pangeum” (방금) in Korean translates to “just now” or “a moment ago” in English. It’s used to refer to something that happened recently.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Pangeum eodi ganeunji moreujiman, jeonhwaneul haesseo.”
   (방금 어디 가는지 모르지만, 전화했어요.)
   “I don’t know where you went just now, but I called.”
2. “Pangeum na je nuneun geureon geos-eul jal algess-eo.”
   (방금 나 너는 그런 것을 잘 알겠어.)
   “I just understood that you know such things well.”
3. “Pangeum na-eun jeongmal geureon geos-eul hal su eobs-eo.”
   (방금 나은 정말 그런 것을 할 수 없어.)
   “I just can’t do such things now.”

Question 337

Gamsahamnida, dwaesseo, gwenchana.
Jeongmal dwaesseo, gwenchana. Geureon geos-eun jeongmal geureon geos-i aninikka.
Neoui help-eul gochibji anha. Dwaesseo, gwenchana.

Answer 337

“Dwaesseo, gwenchana” (됐어, 괜찮아) translates to “It’s okay, I’m fine” in English.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Gamsahamnida, dwaesseo, gwenchana.”
   (감사합니다, 됐어요, 괜찮아요.)
   “Thank you, it’s okay, I’m fine.”
2. “Jeongmal dwaesseo, gwenchana. Geureon geos-eun jeongmal geureon geos-i aninikka.”
   (정말 됐어요, 괜찮아요. 그런 것은 정말 그런 것이 아닌니까.)
   “Really, it’s okay, I’m fine. It’s really not such a big deal.”
3. “Neoui help-eul gochibji anha. Dwaesseo, gwenchana.”
   (너의 도움을 고치지 않아. 됐어요, 괜찮아요.)
   “No need to fix your help. It’s okay, I’m fine.”

Question 338

Oneureun pada, geureon geon jeil gunggeumhae
Oneureun pada, naega
Oneureun pada, jeongmal gamsahabnida

Answer 338

“Oneureun pada” (오늘은 받아) translates to “Take it today” in English.

If you want to offer help or assistance, you can use this phrase to imply that someone should accept or make use of your offer today.

Sample Sentences:

1. “Oneureun pada, geureon geon jeil gunggeumhae.”
   (오늘은 받아, 그런 건 제일 궁금해.)
   “Take it today, I’m most curious about that.”
2. “Oneureun pada, naega 도와줄게.”
   (오늘은 받아, 내가 도와줄게.)
   “Take it today, I’ll help you.”
3. “Oneureun pada, jeongmal gamsahabnida.”
   (오늘은 받아, 정말 감사합니다.)
   “Take it today, thank you very much.”

Question 339

Na jeongmal Gwenchana. Naneun galge

Answer 339

In Korean, you can express “I’m really fine. I’m leaving.” as:

“Na jeongmal Gwenchana. Naneun galgeyo.”
(나 정말 괜찮아. 나는 갈게요.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Jeongmal Gwenchana” (정말 괜찮아) means “I’m really fine.”
- “Naneun galgeyo” (나는 갈게요) means “I’m leaving.”

Question 340

Jinjja seulpeoda- Kdrama
Jinjja seulpeoyo
Jinjja yeppeuda

Answer 340

To say “I’m so sad” in Korean, you would say:

“Jinjja seulpeoyo.” (진짜 슬퍼요.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “Jinjja” (진짜) means “really” or “so.”
- “Seulpeoyo” (슬퍼요) means “sad.”

“Jinjja yeppeuda” (진짜 예쁘다) means “really beautiful.”

Question 341

Heojyeotdani mwoya. Gyeneodeul wanjeonhi salange ppajyeosseo

Answer 341

In informal Korean, you might say:

“헤어졌다니 뭐야, 걔네들 완전히 사랑에 빠졌어.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- “헤어졌다니 뭐야” (Heojyeotdani mwoya) means “Broke up my ass” or “What do you mean broke up.”
- “걔네들 완전히 사랑에 빠졌어” (Gyeneodeul wanjeonhi salange ppajyeosseo) means “They’re hopelessly in love.”

Question 342

Mwoya? Mwo hago isseo?
Mwoya? Waerae? Kdrama

Answer 342

To express “Wh-what? What are you doing?” in informal Korean, you can say:

“뭐야? 뭐 하고 있어?” (Mwoya? Mwo hago isseo?)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “뭐야?” (Mwoya?) means “What?”
- “뭐 하고 있어?” (Mwo hago isseo?) means “What are you doing?”

Question 343

Ajikdo manhi joahae

Answer 343

To say “I still do like you a lot” in Korean, you can say:

“아직도 많이 좋아해.” (Ajikdo manhi joahae.)

Here’s the breakdown:
- “아직도” (Ajikdo) means “still.”
- “많이” (Manhi) means “a lot.”
- “좋아해” (Joahae) means “like.”

Question 344

Gibuni joa
Oneul gibuni eottae?
Gibuni nappa
Geu maleul deutgo gibuni sanghaesseo
Gibuni u-ulhae
I eumageul deureumyeon gibuni joajyeo

Answer 344

기분이 (Gibuni) means “feeling” or “mood” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using 기분이 (Gibuni):

1. 기분이 좋아요.
   (Gibuni joayo.)
   Translation: “I feel good.” or “I’m in a good mood.”
2. 오늘 기분이 어때요?
   (Oneul gibuni eottaeyo?)
   Translation: “How are you feeling today?”
3. 기분이 나빠요.
   (Gibuni nappayo.)
   Translation: “I feel bad.” or “I’m in a bad mood.”
4. 그 말을 듣고 기분이 상했어요.
   (Geu maleul deutgo gibuni sanghaesseoyo.)
   Translation: “I felt hurt after hearing that.”
5. 기분이 우울해요.
   (Gibuni u-ulhaeyo.)
   Translation: “I feel depressed.”
6. 이 음악을 들으면 기분이 좋아져요.
   (I eumageul deureumyeon gibuni joajyeoyo.)
   Translation: “When I listen to this music, I feel better.”

These sentences show how 기분이 (Gibuni) can be used in different contexts to express feelings and moods.

Question 345

Sikdangi saero yeoreotdago deureosseoyo. Naeil gabolgeyo
Neomu bappaseo oneureun mot gajiman, naeil gabolgeyo
Chucheonhae jusyeoseo gamsahamnida. Naeil gabolgeyo

Answer 345

내일 가볼게요 (Naeil gabolgeyo) translates to “I’ll go tomorrow” or “I’ll check it out tomorrow.”

Here are some sample sentences using 내일 가볼게요:

1. 식당이 새로 열었다고 들었어요. 내일 가볼게요.
   (Sikdangi saero yeoreotdago deureosseoyo. Naeil gabolgeyo.)
   Translation: “I heard a new restaurant has opened. I’ll check it out tomorrow.”
2. 너무 바빠서 오늘은 못 가지만, 내일 가볼게요.
   (Neomu bappaseo oneureun mot gajiman, naeil gabolgeyo.)
   Translation: “I’m too busy today, but I’ll go tomorrow.”
3. 추천해 주셔서 감사합니다. 내일 가볼게요.
   (Chucheonhae jusyeoseo gamsahamnida. Naeil gabolgeyo.)
   Translation: “Thank you for the recommendation. I’ll go tomorrow.”

This phrase is commonly used to express a plan to visit or check something out the next day.

Question 346

Jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo
Ibeon yeohaengi jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo, geunyang jeulgyeobwayo.
Yeonghwaga jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo boreo gayo
Patiga jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo gachi gayo

Answer 346

재미 가실까? 걱정 마시고 (Jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo) can be interpreted as “Will it be fun? Don’t worry” or “Do you think it’ll be fun? Don’t worry.”

Here are some sample sentences using 재미 가실까? 걱정 마시고:

1. 이번 여행이 재미 가실까? 걱정 마시고, 그냥 즐겨봐요.
   (Ibeon yeohaengi jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo, geunyang jeulgyeobwayo.)
   Translation: “Do you think this trip will be fun? Don’t worry, just enjoy it.”
2. 영화가 재미 가실까? 걱정 마시고 보러 가요.
   (Yeonghwaga jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo boreo gayo.)
   Translation: “Will the movie be fun? Don’t worry, let’s go watch it.”
3. 파티가 재미 가실까? 걱정 마시고 같이 가요.
   (Patiga jaemi gasilkka? Geokjeong masigo gachi gayo.)
   Translation: “Will the party be fun? Don’t worry, let’s go together.”

This phrase is a casual way of expressing concern or curiosity about whether something will be enjoyable, followed by reassuring the listener not to worry about it.

Question 347

Jigeum norae halkkayo?
Patieseo da gachi norae halkkayo?
Gibuni joaseo norae halkkayo?

Answer 347

노래 할까요? (Norae halkkayo?) can be translated to “Shall we sing?” or “Should we sing?”

Here are some sample sentences using 노래 할까요?:

1. 지금 노래 할까요?
   (Jigeum norae halkkayo?)
   Translation: “Shall we sing now?”
2. 파티에서 다 같이 노래 할까요?
   (Patieseo da gachi norae halkkayo?)
   Translation: “Shall we all sing together at the party?”
3. 기분이 좋아서 노래 할까요?
   (Gibuni joaseo norae halkkayo?)
   Translation: “I’m in a good mood, shall we sing?”

This phrase is a polite and suggestive way of asking someone if they would like to sing or engage in singing together.

Question 348

Ja, ije sijakhaebolkkayo?
Ja, ije jibe gayagesseo
Ja, ije uri modu moyeosseuni hoeuirul sijakhajyo

Answer 348

자, 이제 (Ja, ije) can be translated to “Well, now” or “Okay, now.”

Here are some sample sentences using 자, 이제:

1. 자, 이제 시작해볼까요?
   (Ja, ije sijakhaebolkkayo?)
   Translation: “Well, shall we start now?”
2. 자, 이제 집에 가야겠어요.
   (Ja, ije jibe gayagesseoyo.)
   Translation: “Well, I should go home now.”
3. 자, 이제 우리 모두 모였으니 회의를 시작하죠.
   (Ja, ije uri modu moyeosseuni hoeuirul sijakhajyo.)
   Translation: “Okay, now that we’re all here, let’s start the meeting.”

This phrase is often used to transition to a new action or topic.

Question 349

Ja, ije hamkkeimnida. Modeun ireul gati haenagapsida
Ja, ije hamkkeimnida. Deo isang honjaga anieyo.

Answer 349

자, 이제 함께입니다 (Ja, ije hamkkeimnida) can be translated as “Well, now we are together” or “Okay, now it’s together.”

This phrase could be used to emphasize that from this point onward, things will be done together or that a group or pair is now unified.

Here are a couple of sample sentences using this phrase:

1. 자, 이제 함께입니다. 모든 일을 같이 해나갑시다.
   (Ja, ije hamkkeimnida. Modeun ireul gati haenagapsida.)
   Translation: “Well, now we are together. Let’s work on everything together.”
2. 자, 이제 함께입니다. 더 이상 혼자가 아니에요.
   (Ja, ije hamkkeimnida. Deo isang honjaga anieyo.)
   Translation: “Okay, now we are together. You’re no longer alone.”

This phrase is often used to signify unity or collaboration moving forward.

Question 350

Sigani an seoyo, geuraeseo ppalli haeya hae
Sigani an seoyo, haruga neomu ppalli ganeyo

Answer 350

시간이 안 서요 (Sigani an seoyo) can be translated as “Time is not stopping” or “Time doesn’t stop.”

This phrase might be used when you’re feeling pressed for time or when time seems to be moving too quickly.

Here are a couple of sample sentences:

1. 시간이 안 서요, 그래서 빨리 해야 해요.
   (Sigani an seoyo, geuraeseo ppalli haeya haeyo.)
   Translation: “Time is not stopping, so we have to do it quickly.”
2. 시간이 안 서요, 하루가 너무 빨리 가네요.
   (Sigani an seoyo, haruga neomu ppalli ganeyo.)
   Translation: “Time doesn’t stop, the day is passing by so quickly.”

This phrase expresses the feeling that time is relentless and keeps moving forward regardless of the situation.

Question 351

Maja, jeoseoimnida. Geuraeseo neujeosseo
Maja, jeoseoimnida. Geu iri ireohge dwaesseo

Answer 351

맞아 저서입니다 (Maja jeoseoimnida) can be translated as “That’s right, it’s because of that” or “Yes, that’s the reason.”

Here are a few sample sentences to illustrate its use:

1. 맞아, 저서입니다. 그래서 늦었어요.
   (Maja, jeoseoimnida. Geuraeseo neujeosseoyo.)
   Translation: “That’s right, it’s because of that. That’s why I’m late.”
2. 맞아, 저서입니다. 그 일이 이렇게 됐어요.
   (Maja, jeoseoimnida. Geu iri ireohge dwaesseoyo.)
   Translation: “That’s right, it’s because of

Question 352

Negative expressions examples
An gayo
Mot haeyo
Aniyo
Haksaengi anida
Don-i eopda
Sigani eopseoyo
Eomneun saram
Naneun geureul silheohae
Naneun i eumsigeul an joahae
Amugeotdo an hae
Amudo eopseoyo
Amu dedo gaji anha
Jeoldae an hae
An dwaeyo

Answer 352

In Korean, there are various negative expressions and words that convey “no,” “not,” or “doesn’t exist.” Here’s a list of some common negative words and expressions, along with their meanings:

• 안 (an): Used to negate verbs or adjectives.
  
  • Example: 안 가요 (An gayo) - “I’m not going.”
• 못 (mot): Means “cannot” or “unable to.”
  
  • Example: 못 해요 (Mot haeyo) - “I can’t do it.”
• 아니 (ani): Means “no” or “not.”
  
  • Example: 아니요 (Aniyo) - “No.”
• 아니다 (anida): Means “to not be” or “it is not.”
  
  • Example: 학생이 아니다 (Haksaengi anida) - “I’m not a student.”

• 없다 (eopda): Means “to not have” or “to not exist.”
  
  • Example: 돈이 없다 (Don-i eopda) - “I don’t have money.”
• 없어요 (eopseoyo): Polite form of 없다 (eopda).
  
  • Example: 시간이 없어요 (Sigani eopseoyo) - “I don’t have time.”
• 없는 (eomneun): Adjectival form of 없다, meaning “nonexistent” or “without.”
  
  • Example: 없는 사람 (Eomneun saram) - “A person who doesn’t exist.”

• 싫다 (silta): Means “to dislike” or “to hate.”
  
  • Example: 싫어요 (Silh-eoyo) - “I dislike it.”
• 싫어하다 (silheohada): A verb form meaning “to dislike” or “to hate.”
  
  • Example: 나는 그를 싫어해 (Naneun geureul silheohae) - “I dislike him.”
• 안 좋아하다 (an joahada): Means “to not like.”
  
  • Example: 나는 이 음식을 안 좋아해 (Naneun i eumsigeul an joahae) - “I don’t like this food.”

• 아무것도 (amugeotdo): Means “nothing” or “anything” in negative contexts.
  
  • Example: 아무것도 안 해 (Amugeotdo an hae) - “I’m doing nothing.”
• 아무도 (amudo): Means “nobody” or “no one.”
  
  • Example: 아무도 없어요 (Amudo eopseoyo) - “There’s no one here.”
• 아무 데도 (amude-do): Means “nowhere.”
  
  • Example: 아무 데도 가지 않아 (Amu dedo gaji anha) - “I’m not going anywhere.”
• 절대 (jeoldae): Means “never.”
  
  • Example: 절대 안 해 (Jeoldae an hae) - “I’ll never do it.”
• 안 되다 (an doeda): Means “not allowed” or “can’t.”
  
  • Example: 안 돼요 (An dwaeyo) - “You can’t do that.”

These are some of the most common negative words and expressions in Korean. Depending on the context, the choice of negative word can vary, but these cover a wide range of situations.

Question 353

Patikkaji
Jegeoseun-
Naui-
Eotui-
Eotteo-
Chinguui-
Algi-
Gisaui
Jemogeul-
Nae-
Jakdong-
Yeoja-hyeongjeui-
Kkeute-
Doro- street
Haggyoneun-
Chodae
Ujeong-
Ajig-
Badat-
Chodae-
Haeso-
Ilhaeya-
Deunneun
Jangmineun-
Ppalgansaeg-

Answer 353

It seems like you’re listing Korean words or phrases. Here’s a breakdown of their meanings in English:

1. Patikkaji (바깥까지): Up to the outside, or “to the outer edge.”
2. Jegeoseun (제것은): His/her/its/their thing (possessive form).
3. Naui (나의): My, mine.
4. Eotui (어떠이): Not a standard word. Might be a typo for eotteoke (어떻게), which means “how.”
5. Eotteo (어떠): Can be a shortened form of eotteoke (어떻게), meaning “how” or “what kind of.”
6. Chinguui (친구의): Friend’s (possessive form).
7. Algi (알기): Knowing, understanding.
8. Gisaui (기사의): Driver’s (possessive form) or article’s (in terms of news).
9. Jemogeul (제목을): Title, subject.
10. Nae (내): My or inside (depending on context).
11. Jakdong (작동): Operation, functioning.
12. Yeoja-hyeongjeui (여자형제의): Sister’s (possessive form).
13. Kkeute (끝에): At the end.
14. Doro (도로): Road, street.
15. Haggyoneun (학교는): The school (with emphasis or topic marker).
16. Chodae (초대): Invitation.
17. Ujeong (우정): Friendship.
18. Ajig (아직): Still, yet.
19. Badat (받았): Received (past tense root form of 받다).
20. Chodae (초대): Invitation (repeated from earlier).
21. Haeso (해서): Because of (doing something), often a combination of 하다 (to do) and 서 (a grammatical marker).
22. Ilhaeya (일해야): Must work, needs to work.
23. Deunneun (듣는): Listening (present participle form).
24. Jangmineun (장미는): The rose (with emphasis or topic marker).
25. Ppalgansaeg (빨간색): Red color.

If you’re looking for further explanations or examples of these words in sentences, feel free to ask!

Question 354

Geu mareul deureumyeon gibuni napba
Eumageul deulda
Jeoneun noraereul deudseubnida
I bangeun neomu deoreowoyo
Eoseo deureowa!
Aneuro deureo
Jeo ane mwoga deureosseo?

Answer 354

Here’s a breakdown of the Korean words and phrases you provided, along with their meanings and explanations:

1. Deureumyeon (들으면): If (you) listen/hear.
   
   • Example: “그 말을 들으면 기분이 나빠.” (Geu mareul deureumyeon gibuni napba.)
   • Translation: “If you hear those words, you’ll feel bad.”
2. Deulda (듣다): To listen, to hear.
   
   • Example: “음악을 듣다.” (Eumageul deulda.)
   • Translation: “To listen to music.”
3. Deudseubnida (듣습니다): Formal/polite present tense of “to listen” or “to hear”.
   
   • Example: “저는 노래를 듣습니다.” (Jeoneun noraereul deudseubnida.)
   • Translation: “I am listening to a song.”
4. Deoreowoyo (더러워요): It’s dirty.
   
   • Example: “이 방은 너무 더러워요.” (I bangeun neomu deoreowoyo.)
   • Translation: “This room is very dirty.”
5. Deureowa (들어와): Come in (informal).
   
   • Example: “어서 들어와!” (Eoseo deureowa!)
   • Translation: “Come in quickly!”
6. Deureo (들어): Come in (informal), listen (depending on context).
   
   • Example: “안으로 들어.” (Aneuro deureo.)
   • Translation: “Come inside.”
7. Deun (든): Can be a shortened form of the past tense (듣은) or a modifier indicating something is “held” or “contained.”
   
   • Example: “저 안에 뭐가 들었어?” (Jeo ane mwoga deureosseo?)
   • Translation: “What’s inside that?”

These examples should help you understand how these terms are used in context. Let me know if you need more examples or further clarification!

Question 355

Oneul gibuni joayo. Nalssiga jotgo haneuli parayo

Answer 355

오늘 기분이 좋아요. 날씨가 좋고 하늘이 파래요.
Today i feel good. The weather is nice and the sky is blue
Romanized: Oneul gibuni joayo. Nalssiga jotgo haneuli parayo.

Question 356

Ah, baegopa! Geunajeonana!
Ah, baegopa! Geuna! Kdrama

Answer 356

아, 배고파! 그나저나!

Romanized: Ah, baegopa! Geunajeonana!

This phrase means “Ah, I’m hungry! By the way!” in an informal tone.

Question 357

Ah, masitda! Igeo masinne. Masillae?

Answer 357

Ah, 맛있다! 이거 맛있네. 맛있어?
- Romanized: Ah, masitda! Igeo masinne. Masillae?
- Translation: Ah, it’s delicious! This is tasty. Want to try?

This phrase can be used when you’re enjoying food and asking someone if they want to taste it too.

Question 358

Ah, geureoguna! Jinjja? Nega geureuliga obseo!

Answer 358

Ah, 그렇구나! 진짜? 네가 그럴 리가 없어!
- Romanized: Ah, geureoguna! Jinjja? Nega geureuliga obseo!
- Translation: Ah, I see! Really? There’s no way you’d do that!

This expression can be used when you’re surprised by something someone said and find it hard to believe.

Question 359

Ppali galge
Jegayo sasil

Answer 359

Ppali galge
- Romanized: Ppali galge
- Translation: I’ll go quickly.

This phrase is informal and is often used when you’re in a hurry or need to leave quickly.
제가요 사실
- Romanized: Jegayo sasil
- Translation: Actually, it’s me.

This phrase can be used when you’re confessing something or revealing a truth that you may not have mentioned before.

Question 360

Urineun ohu 3sie dochakhaetta
Gichaga je sigane dochakhaetta
Hoteure dochakhamyeon yeollakhae juseyo.

Answer 360

Dochaghaeta
- Romanized: Dochaghaeta
- Translation: To arrive, to reach, or to come.

Sample Sentences:
1. 우리는 오후 3시에 도착했다.
Urineun ohu 3sie dochakhaetta.
(We arrived at 3 PM.)

2. 기차가 제시간에 도착했다.
   Gichaga je sigane dochakhaetta.
   (The train arrived on time.)
3. 호텔에 도착하면 연락해 주세요.
   Hoteure dochakhamyeon yeollakhae juseyo.
   (Please contact me when you arrive at the hotel.)

Question 361

Yoksim buriji malgo, hana man golla.

Answer 361

I see what you mean. For “Don’t be greedy, just pick one place,” you can say:

“욕심 부리지 말고, 하나만 골라요.”
- Romanized: Yoksim buriji malgo, hana man gollayo.
- Translation: Don’t be greedy, just pick one.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 욕심 부리지 말고 (Yoksim buriji malgo): “Don’t be greedy”
- 하나만 골라요 (Hana man gollayo): “Just pick one”

Question 362

Jeonhwahae bwa, chingureul bulleo
Hoeuireul sijakhagi jeon-e modureul bulleoya hae
Jumun-i da kkeutnass-euni, ije jigwon-ege bulleoyagesseoyo
Mun-eul yeolgo nagamyeon, kkok ireum-eul bulleoya hae

Answer 362

“Bullae” (불러) means “call” or “summon” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences:

1. 전화해 봐, 친구를 불러.
   Jeonhwahae bwa, chingureul bulleo.
   
   • Call and see if your friend is available.
2. 회의를 시작하기 전에 모두를 불러야 해.
   Hoeuireul sijakhagi jeon-e modureul bulleoya hae.
   
   • You need to call everyone before starting the meeting.
3. 주문이 다 끝났으니, 이제 직원에게 불러야겠어요.
   Jumun-i da kkeutnass-euni, ije jigwon-ege bulleoyagesseoyo.
   
   • Since the order is finished, now I need to call the staff.
4. 문을 열고 나가면, 꼭 이름을 불러야 해.
   Mun-eul yeolgo nagamyeon, kkok ireum-eul bulleoya hae.
   
   • When you open the door and leave, make sure to call out the name.

Question 363

Ya! Chaeso mogora

Answer 363

“Ya! Chaeso mogora” (야! 채소 먹어라) means “Hey! Eat the vegetables!” It’s a casual or informal way to tell someone to eat their vegetables.

Question 364

Jebal gaja ere
Ppali gaja
Ara dago

Answer 364

“Jebal gaja ere” (제발 가자 에레) translates to “Please just go” or “Please just leave.”

Here’s a breakdown:
- Jebal (제발) – Please
- Gaja (가자) – Go (informal)
- Ere (에레) – (This word doesn’t fit well in this context; you might mean “eodi” (어디) meaning “where” or a different expression.)

For more clarity, if you meant “please just leave,” it would be more natural as:

• “Jebal gaja” (제발 가자) – “Please go” or “Please leave”
  “Ppalli gaja” (빨리 가자) means “Let’s go quickly” or “Hurry up and go.”
• Ppalli (빨리) – Quickly, fast
• Gaja (가자) – Let’s go
  In Korean, “Ara dago” (알아 다고) translates to “I said no!”
• Ara (알아) – I know
• Dago (다고) – Quoting or stating what was said

So, “Ara dago” means you’re insisting on a previous statement, like saying “I know (and I said no)!”

Question 365

Na jeo chaj-eo dallyeo
Nega dallyeo
Na jeo followhae (SNS) social media
Na jeo geureon jeongdo

Answer 365

“I’m following you.”

To say “I’m following you” in Korean, you can use:

• “Na jeo chaj-eo dallyeo” (나 저 차에 달려): I’m running after you.
• “Jeo saem” (저 쌤): I’m following you (informal context, e.g., following a teacher or someone you’re closely related to).

Alternatively, if you mean following someone in the sense of social media or tracking their updates:

• “Na jeo followhae” (나 저 팔로우해): I’m following you (informal context).

For tracking or following someone’s actions or directions:

• “Na jeo geureon jeongdo” (나 저 그런 정도): I’m following (their instructions/steps).

Question 366

Saram-eul oemo-ro pandanhaji maseyo
Geotmoseubman bogo pandanhaji maseyo

Answer 366

The phrase “Don’t judge a book by its cover” can be translated to Korean as:

“겉모습만 보고 판단하지 마세요”
(Geotmoseubman bogo pandanhaji maseyo)

This translates literally to “Don’t judge by just the appearance.”
To say “Don’t judge a person by their looks” in Korean, you can use:

“사람을 외모로 판단하지 마세요.”
(Saram-eul oemo-ro pandanhaji maseyo)

This directly translates to “Don’t judge a person by their appearance.”

Question 367

Geojitmal-iya!
Maldo an dwae! Geojitmal-iya!

Answer 367

To say “You’re lying!” in Korean, you can use:

“거짓말이야!”
(Geojitmal-iya!)

This phrase directly means “You’re lying!”
For “No way! You’re lying” in Korean, you can say:

“말도 안 돼! 거짓말이야!”
(Maldo an dwae! Geojitmal-iya!)

Question 368

Meonjeo deureogase

Answer 368

To say “You go in first” in Korean, you can say:

“먼저 들어가세요.”
(Meonjeo deureogaseyo.)

Question 369

Sugo
Haenguneul bileo!
Oneuldo sugohasyeosseumnida
Hoeui junbireul jalhaejusyeoseo sugohasyeosseumnida
Sugohess-eoyo! Oneul harudo jal mamurihase
Peurojekteuga kkeunnasseuni dadeul sugo manh-eusyeosseumnida
Sugohess-eoyo, jib-e gaseo puk swiseyo.

Answer 369

“수고” (sugo).

“good job” or “thank you for your hard work.” It’s a way to show appreciation or encouragement.
“Sugu” (수구) doesn’t mean “good luck.” If you want to wish someone good luck in Korean, you can say:

“행운을 빕니다.”
(Haenguneul bimnida.)

Or informally:

“행운을 빌어!”
(Haenguneul bileo!)
Here are the translations for the given sentences:

1. Oneuldo sugohasyeosseumnida.
   
   • “Thank you for your hard work today as well.”
2. Hoeui junbireul jalhaejusyeoseo sugohasyeosseumnida.
   
   • “Thank you for preparing well for the meeting.”
3. Sugohess-eoyo! Oneul harudo jal mamurihaseyo.
   
   • “Good job! Have a good rest of your day.”
4. Peurojekteuga kkeunnasseuni dadeul sugo manh-eusyeosseumnida.
   
   • “The project is finished, so everyone worked hard.”
5. Sugohess-eoyo, jib-e gaseo puk swiseyo.
   
   • “Good job, go home and rest well.”

Question 370

Omo, jeo mollani?

Answer 370

“Omo jeo mollani” can be translated to English as “Oh my, how could I not know that?” or “Oh my, I didn’t know that.”

Here’s the romanization:

• Omo, jeo mollani?

This phrase expresses surprise or disbelief about not knowing something.

Question 371

Yah, ppalliwa!
Ppalliwarago!

Answer 371

Here are the translations and romanizations for the phrases:

1. Yah, ppalliwa!
   
   • Translation: “Hey, hurry up!”
   • Romanization: Yah, ppalliwa!
2. Ppalliwarago!
   
   • Translation: “I said hurry up!”
   • Romanization: Ppalliwarago!

Both phrases are used to urge someone to move quickly.

Question 372

Najunge ga galge

Answer 372

The phrase “Najunge ga galge” can be translated and romanized as:

• Translation: “I’ll go later.”
• Romanization: Najunge ga galge.

This is a casual and informal way to say that you will go somewhere later.

Question 373

Apeuro galge

Answer 373

The phrase “Appreu galge” should be written as “Apeuro galge” and it translates to “I’ll go ahead” or “I’ll go first” in English.

• Romanization: Apeuro galge (앞으로 갈게)
• Translation: “I’ll go ahead.” / “I’ll go first.”

This expression is commonly used to indicate that you’ll proceed or move ahead of someone.

Question 374

Gibuni beuseopta
I sanghwangi gibuni beuseopta
Gibuni beuseoptaeseo yeogiseo nagago sipeo

Answer 374

“기분이 불쾌하다” (Gibuni beuseopta) translates to “I feel uncomfortable” or “I feel uneasy.”

Here are some sample sentences:

1. 기분이 불쾌해.
   
   • Gibuni beuseopta.
   • Translation: I feel uneasy.
2. 이 상황이 기분이 불쾌해.
   
   • I sanghwangi gibuni beuseopta.
   • Translation: This situation makes me feel uneasy.
3. 기분이 불쾌해서 여기서 나가고 싶어.
   
   • Gibuni beuseoptaeseo yeogiseo nagago sipeo.
   • Translation: I feel uneasy, so I want to leave here.

Question 375

Jeodo arayo
Jeodo arayo, geu sanghwangi eolmana himdeunji
Jeodo arayo, geuraeseo deo josimharyeogoyo

Answer 375

“Jeodo arayo” (저도 알아요) translates to “I know, too” or “I also know” in English.

Here are a couple of sample sentences using this phrase:

1. 저도 알아요, 그 상황이 얼마나 힘든지.
   
   • Jeodo arayo, geu sanghwangi eolmana himdeunji.
   • Translation: I know, too, how difficult that situation is.
2. 저도 알아요, 그래서 더 조심하려고요.
   
   • Jeodo arayo, geuraeseo deo josimharyeogoyo.
   • Translation: I know, too, so I’m trying to be more careful.

Question 376

Nae chinguui Bimiya Yaksok
Igeon nae chinguui bimiya. Yaksokhae
Nae chinguui bimiya, jeoldae malhaji ma.

Answer 376

“Nae chinguui Bimiya Yaksok” (내 친구의 비밀이야 약속) can be translated to “It’s my friend’s secret, promise” in English.

Here are a couple of sample sentences using this phrase:

1. 이건 내 친구의 비밀이야. 약속해.
   
   • Igeon nae chinguui bimiya. Yaksokhae.
   • Translation: This is my friend’s secret. Promise me.
2. 내 친구의 비밀이야, 절대 말하지 마.
   
   • Nae chinguui bimiya, jeoldae malhaji ma.
   • Translation: It’s my friend’s secret, don’t ever tell anyone.

Question 377

Dwaesseo, geuman yaegihaja
Dwaesseo, naega araseo halge
Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma

Answer 377

“Dwaesseo” (됐어) is an informal Korean phrase that can be translated as “nevermind” or “it’s okay” in English. It’s often used to indicate that something isn’t worth worrying about anymore or to drop a topic of conversation.

Here are a few sample sentences:

1. 됐어, 그만 얘기하자.
   
   • Dwaesseo, geuman yaegihaja.
   • Translation: Nevermind, let’s stop talking about it.
2. 됐어, 내가 알아서 할게.
   
   • Dwaesseo, naega araseo halge.
   • Translation: Nevermind, I’ll take care of it.
3. 됐어, 신경 쓰지 마.
   
   • Dwaesseo, singyeong sseuji ma.
   • Translation: Nevermind, don’t worry about it.

Question 378

Mari Najunge. Ummajana

Answer 378

“Mari Najunge. Ummajana” can be broken down as follows:

• “Mari Najunge” (말이 나중에): This roughly translates to “Let’s talk later” or “We’ll talk later.”
• “Ummajana” (엄마잖아): This phrase means “It’s mom” or “You know it’s mom.”

A possible translation of the full phrase could be:

“Let’s talk later. You know it’s mom.”

Question 379

Ah mollaneunde

Answer 379

“Ah mollaneunde” (아 몰랐는데) translates to “Oh, I didn’t know that” in English.

This phrase can be used when you realize something you weren’t aware of before or when someone informs you of something you didn’t know.

Question 380

Manne
I yeonghwa jinjja jaemitji?

Manne! Jeongmal jaemisseo.

Answer 380

“Manne” (맞네) is an informal way to say “You’re right” in Korean.
Sure! Here’s the conversion of the Korean sentence from hangul to the English alphabet:

Hangul: 이 영화 진짜 재밌지?
Romanization: I yeonghwa jinjja jaemitji? This movie is really fun, isn’t it?

Hangul: 맞네! 정말 재밌어.
Romanization: Manne! Jeongmal jaemisseo.
You’re right! It’s really fun

Question 381

Geobeopda? Anigeodeun

Answer 381

Here’s the conversion of the Korean sentence from hangul to the English alphabet:

Hangul: 겁없다? 아니거든
Romanization: Geobeopda? Anigeodeun

This translates to “Am I scared? No, I’m not.”

Question 382

Gageum honja sanchaegeul hae
Gageum chingudeulgwa yeonghwareul boreo ga
Gageumeun swineun geotdo piryohae
Gageum igose waseo chaegeul ilgeo
Gageum eoryeosseul ttaega geuriwoyo

Answer 382

Here are some sample sentences using “가끔” (gageum), which means “sometimes”:

1. 가끔 혼자 산책을 해요.
   
   • Gageum honja sanchaegeul haeyo.
   • Sometimes I take a walk alone.
2. 가끔 친구들과 영화를 보러 가요.
   
   • Gageum chingudeulgwa yeonghwareul boreo gayo.
   • Sometimes I go to the movies with my friends.
3. 가끔은 쉬는 것도 필요해요.
   
   • Gageumeun swineun geotdo piryohaeyo.
   • Sometimes, taking a break is necessary.
4. 가끔 이곳에 와서 책을 읽어요.
   
   • Gageum igose waseo chaegeul ilgeoyo.
   • Sometimes I come here to read books.
5. 가끔 어렸을 때가 그리워요.
   
   • **Here are some sample sentences using “가끔” (gageum), which means “sometimes”:
6. 가끔 혼자 산책을 해요.
   
   • Gageum honja sanchaegeul haeyo.
   • Sometimes I take a walk alone.
7. 가끔 친구들과 영화를 보러 가요.
   
   • Gageum chingudeulgwa yeonghwareul boreo gayo.
   • Sometimes I go to the movies with my friends.
8. 가끔은 쉬는 것도 필요해요.
   
   • Gageumeun swineun geotdo piryohaeyo.
   • Sometimes, taking a break is necessary.
9. 가끔 이곳에 와서 책을 읽어요.
   
   • Gageum igose waseo chaegeul ilgeoyo.
   • Sometimes I come here to read books.
10. 가끔 어렸을 때가 그리워요.
    
    • Gageum eoryeosseul ttaega geuriwoyo.
    • Sometimes I miss my childhood days.

Question 383

Eotteon jaean isseoyo?
I munje-e daehae eotteon jaean innayo?
Jeonyeok siksa menyue daehae jaeani isseumyeon malsseumhae juseyo.
Hoeuireul deo hyoyuljeogeuro jinaenghal su inneun jaeani innayo?
Daeum projeongteu-e daehae jaeani isseumyeon gongyuhae juseyo

Answer 383

The phrase “Any suggestions?” in Korean can be expressed as “어떤 제안 있어요?” (Eotteon jaean isseoyo?). Here are some sample sentences:

1. 어떤 제안 있어요?
   
   • Eotteon jaean isseoyo?
   • Do you have any suggestions?
2. 이 문제에 대해 어떤 제안 있나요?
   
   • I munje-e daehae eotteon jaean innayo?
   • Do you have any suggestions regarding this issue?
3. 저녁 식사 메뉴에 대한 제안이 있으면 말씀해 주세요.
   
   • Jeonyeok siksa menyue daehae jaeani isseumyeon malsseumhae juseyo.
   • If you have any suggestions for the dinner menu, please let me know.
4. 회의를 더 효율적으로 진행할 수 있는 제안이 있나요?
   
   • Hoeuireul deo hyoyuljeogeuro jinaenghal su inneun jaeani innayo?
   • Do you have any suggestions on how to run the meeting more efficiently?
5. 다음 프로젝트에 대한 제안이 있으면 공유해 주세요.
   
   • Daeum projeongteu-e daehae jaeani isseumyeon gongyuhae juseyo.
   • If you have any suggestions for the next project, please share them.

Question 384

I jag-eob-eun kkok pilyohajanha.
Sigani pilyohajanha
Jigeum junbiga pilyohajanha
I mulgeon-eun sayonghagi-e pilyohajanha
Chuga jeongboga pilyohajanha

Answer 384

The phrase “필요하잖아” (Pilyohajana) translates to “It’s necessary” or “It’s needed” in English. Here are some sample sentences:

1. 이 작업은 꼭 필요하잖아.
   
   • I jag-eob-eun kkok pilyohajanha.
   • This task is necessary.
2. 시간이 필요하잖아.
   
   • Sigani pilyohajanha.
   • Time is needed.
3. 지금 준비가 필요하잖아.
   
   • Jigeum junbiga pilyohajanha.
   • We need to prepare now.
4. 이 물건은 사용하기에 필요하잖아.
   
   • I mulgeon-eun sayonghagi-e pilyohajanha.
   • This item is necessary for use.
5. 추가 정보가 필요하잖아.
   
   • Chuga jeongboga pilyohajanha.
   • Additional information is needed.

Question 385

Haneul-i parata
Haneul-e gidoleul handa
Haneul-i jeonghaejun unmyeong
Haneul-ui aleumdaum

Answer 385

In Korean, “하늘” (haneul) primarily means “sky” and “heaven”. However, it can also be used in various contexts:

1. Sky: The expanse above the Earth.
   
   • 하늘이 파랗다.
     
     • Haneul-i parata.
     • The sky is blue.
2. Heaven: The spiritual realm where deities or the afterlife are believed to exist.
   
   • 하늘에 기도를 한다.
     
     • Haneul-e gidoleul handa.
     • I pray to heaven.
3. Sky in a poetic or metaphorical sense can refer to one’s destiny or fate.
   
   • 하늘이 정해준 운명.
     
     • Haneul-i jeonghaejun unmyeong.
     • A fate determined by the heavens.
4. Celestial or divine: Sometimes used to describe something of extraordinary or divine quality.
   
   • 하늘의 아름다움.
     
     • Haneul-ui aleumdaum.
     • The beauty of the sky (or something divine).

These uses emphasize different nuances of “하늘” depending on context, from the literal sky to more abstract or spiritual meanings.

Question 386

Chingchanhae jusyeoseo gamsahamnida

Answer 386

In Korean, you can say:

“칭찬해 주셔서 감사합니다.”
(Chingchanhae jusyeoseo gamsahamnida.)

This means “Thank you for the compliment” or “Thank you for flattering me.”

Question 387

Eonjedunji mianha
Eojeneun mianhae
Eojeneun joesonghae

Answer 387

“언제든지 미안해.”
(Eonjedunji mianhae.)

This means “I’m sorry anytime” or “Sorry at any time.”
It seems like you might be aiming for “I’m sorry for [something] that happened yesterday.” In that case, you could say:

“어제는 미안해요.” (Eojeneun mianhaeyo.)

or

“어제는 죄송해요.” (Eojeneun joesonghaeyo.)

Both phrases express apology for something that happened yesterday.

Question 388

Joesonghamnida
Joesonghaji

Answer 388

“죄송합니다, 죄송하지.” (Joesonghamnida, joesonghaji.)

This phrase can be used to express an apology with a bit of emphasis, translating to “I’m sorry, I apologize” in English. The first part, “죄송합니다” (joesonghamnida), is a formal apology, and “죄송하지” (joesonghaji) can be a bit more casual or informal.

Question 389

Jaemi eobseo, neomu nappeo.
Yeogi da jaemi eobseo

Answer 389

The sentence in Korean for “You’re not fun anymore, you’re boring” is:

“재미없어, 너무 나빠.” (Jaemi eobseo, neomu nappeo.)

• “재미없어” (Jaemi eobseo) means “not fun” or “boring.”
• “너무 나빠” (Neomu nappeo) means “too bad” or “boring.”
  The term “다 재미없어” (da jaemi eobseo) can be translated as “It’s all boring” or “Everything is boring.”

Here’s how it can be used in a sentence:
- “여기 다 재미없어.” (Yeogi da jaemi eobseo) — “Everything here is boring.”

It expresses that someone is no longer enjoyable or entertaining.

Question 390

Baniyagi, manyak uriga geu il-eul hamkke handamyeon eotteohge doelkka?

Baniyagi, geu munjeleul haegyeohal su itdamyeon jeongmal joheul tende.

Baniyagi, neoui saeng-gag-eun eotteolkka?

Answer 390

“바니야기” (baniyagi) is a Korean term used to describe a hypothetical or theoretical situation. It is similar to saying “hypothetically” or “if we imagine.”

Here are some sample sentences:
- “바니야기, 만약 우리가 그 일을 함께 한다면 어떻게 될까?” (Baniyagi, manyak uriga geu il-eul hamkke handamyeon eotteohge doelkka?) — “Hypothetically, what would happen if we did that task together?”
- “바니야기, 그 문제를 해결할 수 있다면 정말 좋을 텐데.” (Baniyagi, geu munjeleul haegyeohal su itdamyeon jeongmal joheul tende.) — “Hypothetically, it would be great if we could solve that problem.”
- “바니야기, 너의 생각은 어떨까?” (Baniyagi, neoui saeng-gag-eun eotteolkka?) — “Hypothetically, what do you think?”

Question 391

Yeonghwa boreo galkkayo? Geureolkka?
Oneul jeonyeoge mannalkkayo? Geureolkka?
I bangbeob-euro haebolkka? Geureolkka?

Answer 391

“그럴까?” (Geureolkka?) is used to ask “Shall we?” or “Should we?” It implies considering or suggesting a certain action or decision.

Here are some sample sentences:
- “영화 보러 갈까요? 그럴까?” (Yeonghwa boreo galkkayo? Geureolkka?) — “Shall we go see a movie? What do you think?”
- “오늘 저녁에 만날까요? 그럴까?” (Oneul jeonyeoge mannalkkayo? Geureolkka?) — “Shall we meet for dinner tonight? What do you think?”
- “이 방법으로 해볼까요? 그럴까?” (I bangbeob-euro haebolkka? Geureolkka?) — “Shall we try this method? What do you think?”

Question 392

Jal moshaesseo
Oneul siheomeul jal moshaesseo
Jal motaeseo
Naega jal motaeseo gyeolgwa-ga joji anhasseo.

Answer 392

Both “잘 못했어” (Jal moshaesseo) and “잘 못해서” (Jal motaeseo) convey the idea of not doing something well, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

1. 잘 못했어 (Jal moshaesseo) — “I didn’t do well” or “I did it wrong.”
   
   • This is used when talking about something that you didn’t do well or made a mistake in.
   • Example: “오늘 시험을 잘 못했어.” (Oneul siheomeul jal moshaesseo.) — “I didn’t do well on the test today.”
2. 잘 못해서 (Jal motaeseo) — “Because I didn’t do well” or “Because I did it wrong.”
   
   • This is used to explain the reason why something else happened, often because you didn’t do well or made a mistake.
   • Example: “내가 잘 못해서 결과가 좋지 않았어.” (Naega jal motaeseo gyeolgwa-ga joji anhasseo.) — “Because I didn’t do well, the result wasn’t good.”

These phrases are commonly used in casual or informal conversations when admitting a mistake or expressing regret for not performing well.

Question 393

Gageum
Gageum chingudeulgwa yeonghwa boreo ga
Gageumeun honjamanui sigani piryohae
Gageumeun naega haneun iri neomu manayo.
Gageum nalssiga neomu chuwayo

Answer 393

“가끔” (Gageum) means “sometimes” in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using “가끔”:

1. 가끔 친구들과 영화 보러 가요.
   Gageum chingudeulgwa yeonghwa boreo gayo.
   I sometimes go to the movies with my friends.
2. 가끔은 혼자만의 시간이 필요해요.
   Gageumeun honjamanui sigani piryohaeyo.
   Sometimes, I need some time alone.
3. 가끔은 내가 하는 일이 너무 많아요.
   Gageumeun naega haneun iri neomu manayo.
   Sometimes, I have too much work to do.
4. 가끔 날씨가 너무 추워요.
   Gageum nalssiga neomu chuwayo.
   Sometimes, the weather is really cold.

This word is used to describe actions or situations that occur occasionally but not frequently.

Question 394

Daesin-e

Answer 394

“대신에” (Daesin-e), which means “instead of” or “in place of.”

If you were referring to something else, could you please clarify the context or provide more details?

Question 395

Jigeum baro baro gaya hae
Baro baro daedaphae juseyo

Answer 395

Sure! Here are the Hangul sentences converted to the English alphabet:

1. “Jigeum baro baro gaya hae.”
   
   • “You need to go right away.”
2. “Baro baro daedaphae juseyo.”
   
   • “Please answer immediately.”

Let me know if you need anything else!

Question 396

Itta bwa
Iyagi bwa

Answer 396

“이야기 봐” (Iyagi bwa) can be translated as “Look at the story” or “Check out the story” in English. It’s a casual way to tell someone to pay attention to or check out a story or narrative.
“이따 봐” (Itta bwa) in Korean means “See you later” or “I’ll see you later.” It’s a casual way to say goodbye with the expectation of seeing the person again later.

If you meant something else or if there’s a different context, please let me know!

Question 397

Neo jangnanhae?
Ige jinjaya, animyeon jangnanhae?
Jeongmal jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?”

Answer 397

To say “Are you kidding me?” in Korean, you can use:

• “너 장난해?” (Neo jangnanhae?) – Informal
• “장난하시는 거예요?” (Jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?) – Formal

Here are some example sentences:

1. “이게 진짜야, 아니면 장난해?”
   
   • “Ige jinjaya, animyeon jangnanhae?”
   • “Is this for real, or are you kidding me?”
2. “정말 장난하시는 거예요?”
   
   • “Jeongmal jangnan hasineun geoyeyo?”
   • “Are you really kidding me?”

Question 398

Najunge boja vs. Itta bwa
Jeonhu yeogin najunge boja
Jigeum bappeunikka, najunge boja.
Jeonhu i dda itta bwa
Jigeum bappeunikka, itta bwa

Answer 398

Both “najunge boja” and “itta bwa” can be used to suggest meeting again later, but they have slightly different nuances:

1. Najunge boja (나중에 보자):
   
   • Literal Translation: “Let’s meet later.”
   • Context: This phrase is more general and can be used in various situations where you want to suggest meeting up again in the future. It’s suitable for informal conversations among friends.
2. Itta bwa (이따 봐):
   
   • Literal Translation: “See you later.”
   • Context: This phrase is more casual and often used to say goodbye with the intention of seeing the person again soon, typically within the same day. It’s informal and commonly used in everyday conversations.

Examples:

• Najunge boja:
  
  • “Jigeum bappeunikka, najunge boja.”
    
    • “I’m busy right now, so let’s meet later.”
  • “Jeonhu yeogin najunge boja.”
    
    • “Let’s meet here later.”
• Itta bwa:
  
  • “Jeonhu i dda itta bwa.”
    
    • “See you later today.”
  • “Jigeum bappeunikka, itta bwa.”
    
    • “I’m busy right now, so see you later.”

Question 399

Ososeoyeo, mwol dowadeurilkkayo?
Ososeoyeo, jariye anjuseyo

Answer 399

Here is the phrase “어서오세요” (Ososeoyeo) along with the examples in English alphabet:

1. “Ososeoyeo, mwol dowadeurilkkayo?”
   
   • “Welcome, how can I help you?”
2. “Ososeoyeo, jariye anjuseyo.”
   
   • “Welcome, please have a seat.”

Let me know if you need more examples or further assistance!

Question 400

Saenggang
Maneul
Gaji
Nokdu or Kkakjikong
Guksu or Myeon
Danggeun
Subak

Answer 400

Here are the words for the foods you mentioned in Korean, along with their Romanized versions:

1. Ginger - 생강 (Saenggang)
2. Garlic - 마늘 (Maneul)
3. Eggplant - 가지 (Gaji)
4. Green beans - 녹두 (Nokdu) or Green beans - 깍지콩 (Kkakjikong)
5. Noodle - 국수 (Guksu) or 면 (Myeon)
6. Carrots - 당근 (Danggeun)
7. Watermelon - 수박 (Subak)

Let me know if you need anything else!

Question 401

Gajang joh-aneun baeuga nuguyah?

Joh-ahaneun baeuneun nuguyah?

Answer 401

Both sentences “Gajang joh-ahaneun baeuga nugos-ibnikka?” and “Joh-ahaneun baeuganeun nugos-ibnikka?” are asking about someone’s favorite actor, but they differ slightly in emphasis.

1. “Gajang joh-ahaneun baeuga nugos-ibnikka?”
   
   • Translation: “Who is your favorite actor?”
   • This version emphasizes “the most favorite” actor, using gajang (가장) to indicate “most” or “favorite.”
2. “Joh-ahaneun baeuganeun nugos-ibnikka?”
   
   • Translation: “Which actor do you like?”
   • This version is more general and simply asks which actor the person likes without emphasizing “the most favorite.”

For a casual or informal conversation with friends, you can drop the formal endings:

1. Gajang joh-a하는 배우가 누구야?
   
   • Romanized: “Gajang joh-aneun baeuga nuguyah?”
   • Meaning: “Who’s your favorite actor?”
2. Joh-aha는 배우는 누구야?
   
   • Romanized: “Joh-ahaneun baeuneun nuguyah?”
   • Meaning: “Which actor do you like?”

Both informal versions are perfectly fine to use with friends!

Question 402

Seolma geu sarami johahandago?

Damsoleul nanuda

Answer 402

“Seolma geu sarami joahandago?”
- Romanized: “Seolma geu sarami johahandago?”
- Meaning: “Don’t tell me you like that person?”

“Damsoleul nanuda”
- Romanized: “Damsoleul nanuda”
- Meaning: “To share a secret” or “to have a conversation.”

In a casual context, you might use “Seolma geu sarami johahandago?” when you’re surprised or shocked that someone likes a particular person. “Damsoleul nanuda” is often used when referring to having an important conversation or sharing something significant, like a secret.

Question 403

Jansori geumanhae!
Jebal jansori geumanhae!
Jansori jom geumanhallae?
Neoui jansoriga jigyeowo.
Eodieyago?

Answer 403

“Jeomseuri”
- Romanized: “Jeomseuri”
- Meaning: “Nagging”

If you want to say “Stop nagging me” in Korean:

“잔소리 그만해!”
- Romanized: “Jansori geumanhae!”
- Meaning: “Stop nagging me!”
The phrase “Jansori geumanhae!” means “Stop nagging!” in English. Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and the English alphabet:

1. Hangul: 제발 잔소리 그만해!
   Romanization: Jebal jansori geumanhae!
   Translation: Please stop nagging!
2. Hangul: 너의 잔소리가 지겨워.
   Romanization: Neoui jansoriga jigyeowo.
   Translation: I’m tired of your nagging.
3. Hangul: 잔소리 좀 그만할래?
   Romanization: Jansori jom geumanhallae?
   Translation: Can you please stop nagging?

These sentences show how to use the phrase “Jansori geumanhae” in different contexts.

Jansori geumanhae!”
“Eodieyago?” (어디에야고?) can be translated as “Where are you going?” or “Where are you headed?”

Here’s a breakdown:

• 어디에 (eodie): “Where”
• 야고? (yago?): Colloquial contraction meaning “are you going?”

This is an informal way to ask someone where they are going.

Question 404

Deulleossda?
Deulleochi?
Seolma jigeum baro deulleossda?

Answer 404

The phrases “Deulleossda?” and “Deulleochi?” are related to hearing or understanding something. Here’s a breakdown of each phrase:

1. Deulleossda? (들렸어?)
   
   • Hangul: 들렸어?
   • Romanization: Deulleossda?
   • Translation: Did you hear that?
2. Deulleochi? (들렸지?)
   
   • Hangul: 들렸지?
   • Romanization: Deulleochi?
   • Translation: You heard that, right?

These phrases are often used when confirming whether someone heard something.

The phrase “Seolma jigeum baro deulleossda” can be translated as “Did you just hear that right now?” Here it is in both Hangul and Romanization:

• Hangul: 설마 지금 바로 들렸어?
• Romanization: Seolma jigeum baro deulleossda?

This phrase expresses surprise or disbelief that someone actually heard something at that exact moment.

Question 405

Andeun joah!

Answer 405

The phrase “Andeun joah!” can be translated as “No way, I like it!” or “I like it even if it’s not allowed!” Here it is in both Hangul and Romanization:

• Hangul: 안된 좋아!
• Romanization: Andeun joah!

This phrase is informal and can be used in a playful or rebellious context, expressing that you like something even though it might not be allowed or accepted.

Question 406

Dareun bangbeobi eopseuni geureotseo.
Nega malhan daero geureotseo.
Gyehoereul bakkugi malgo geureotseo.

Answer 406

The phrase “Geureotseo” can be translated as “Let’s just do that” or “Let’s do it that way.” Here it is in both Hangul and Romanization:

• Hangul: 그랬어.
• Romanization: Geureotseo.

Here are some sample sentences using “Geureotseo”:

1. Hangul: 다른 방법이 없으니 그랬어.
   Romanization: Dareun bangbeobi eopseuni geureotseo.
   Translation: There’s no other way, so let’s just do that.
2. Hangul: 네가 말한 대로 그랬어.
   Romanization: Nega malhan daero geureotseo.
   Translation: Let’s just do it the way you said.
3. Hangul: 계획을 바꾸지 말고 그랬어.
   Romanization: Gyehoereul bakkugi malgo geureotseo.
   Translation: Let’s not change the plan and just do that.

These sentences show how to use “Geureotseo” in different situations where you agree to do something.

Question 407

Meoga
Igeo meogobwa.
Bap meogeosseo?
Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.

Answer 407

The phrase “Meoga” (먹어) means “Eat” or “Have a meal” in a casual tone. Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and Romanization:

1. Hangul: 이거 먹어봐.
   Romanization: Igeo meogobwa.
   Translation: Try eating this.
2. Hangul: 밥 먹었어?
   Romanization: Bap meogeosseo?
   Translation: Did you eat?
3. Hangul: 배고프니까 빨리 먹어.
   Romanization: Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.
   Translation: You’re hungry, so eat quickly.

These sentences show how to use “Meoga” in different contexts related to eating.

Question 408

Geunyang gayo, yeogi deo isseul pilyo eobseo.
Mwo hal mal eobseumyeon geunyang ga.
Jiruhanikka geunyang ga.

Answer 408

The phrase “Geunyang gayo” means “Let’s just go” or “Let’s just leave” in English. Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and Romanization:

1. Hangul: 그냥 가요, 여기 더 있을 필요 없어요.
   Romanization: Geunyang gayo, yeogi deo isseul pilyo eobseoyo.
   Translation: Let’s just go, there’s no need to stay here any longer.
2. Hangul: 뭐 할 말 없으면 그냥 가요.
   Romanization: Mwo hal mal eobseumyeon geunyang gayo.
   Translation: If there’s nothing to say, let’s just go.
3. Hangul: 지루하니까 그냥 가요.
   Romanization: Jiruhanikka geunyang gayo.
   Translation: It’s boring, so let’s just go.

These sentences show how to use “Geunyang gayo” in different contexts.

Question 409

Geureotseo
Dareun bangbeobi eopseuni geureotseo.
Nega malhan daero geureotseo.
Gyehoereul bakkugi malgo geureotseo.

Answer 409

The phrase “Geureotseo” can be translated as “Let’s just do that” or “Let’s do it that way.” Here it is in both Hangul and Romanization:

• Hangul: 그랬어.
• Romanization: Geureotseo.

Here are some sample sentences using “Geureotseo”:

1. Hangul: 다른 방법이 없으니 그랬어.
   Romanization: Dareun bangbeobi eopseuni geureotseo.
   Translation: There’s no other way, so let’s just do that.
2. Hangul: 네가 말한 대로 그랬어.
   Romanization: Nega malhan daero geureotseo.
   Translation: Let’s just do it the way you said.
3. Hangul: 계획을 바꾸지 말고 그랬어.
   Romanization: Gyehoereul bakkugi malgo geureotseo.
   Translation: Let’s not change the plan and just do that.

These sentences show how to use “Geureotseo” in different situations where you agree to do something.

Question 410

Meoga
Igeo meogobwa.
Bap meogeosseo?
Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.

Answer 410

The phrase “Meoga” (먹어) means “Eat” or “Have a meal” in a casual tone. Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and Romanization:

1. Hangul: 이거 먹어봐.
   Romanization: Igeo meogobwa.
   Translation: Try eating this.
2. Hangul: 밥 먹었어?
   Romanization: Bap meogeosseo?
   Translation: Did you eat?
3. Hangul: 배고프니까 빨리 먹어.
   Romanization: Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.
   Translation: You’re hungry, so eat quickly.

These sentences show how to use “Meoga” in different contexts related to eating.

Question 411

Meoga
Igeo meogobwa.
Bap meogeosseo?
Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.

Answer 411

The phrase “Meoga” (먹어) means “Eat” or “Have a meal” in a casual tone. Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and Romanization:

1. Hangul: 이거 먹어봐.
   Romanization: Igeo meogobwa.
   Translation: Try eating this.
2. Hangul: 밥 먹었어?
   Romanization: Bap meogeosseo?
   Translation: Did you eat?
3. Hangul: 배고프니까 빨리 먹어.
   Romanization: Baegopunikka ppalli meogeо.
   Translation: You’re hungry, so eat quickly.

These sentences show how to use “Meoga” in different contexts related to eating.

Question 412

Jugeullnaba
Neomu pigonhaeseo jugeullnaba.
Il neomu manhaseo jugeullnaba.
I deowie jugeullnaba.

Answer 412

The phrase “Jugeullnaba” (죽을나바) can be translated as “I might die” or “I’m about to die.” It is often used figuratively to express feeling overwhelmed or extremely tired.

Here are some sample sentences:

1. Hangul: 너무 피곤해서 죽을나바.
   Romanization: Neomu pigonhaeseo jugeullnaba.
   Translation: I’m so tired I might die.
2. Hangul: 일 너무 많아서 죽을나바.
   Romanization: Il neomu manhaseo jugeullnaba.
   Translation: I have so much work I might die.
3. Hangul: 이 더위에 죽을나바.
   Romanization: I deowie jugeullnaba.
   Translation: I might die in this heat.

These sentences illustrate how to use “Jugeullnaba” to express extreme exhaustion or frustration.

Question 413

Amudo eopseoseo geogjeonghaji maseyo.
Amudo eopseoseo joyonghae.
Amudo eopseoseo honja da haeya hae.

Answer 413

The phrase “Amudo eopseoseo” (아무도 없어서) means “Because there’s no one” or “Since there is no one.” Here are some sample sentences in both Hangul and Romanization:

1. Hangul: 아무도 없어서 걱정하지 마세요.
   Romanization: Amudo eopseoseo geogjeonghaji maseyo.
   Translation: Don’t worry because there’s no one here.
2. Hangul: 아무도 없어서 조용해.
   Romanization: Amudo eopseoseo joyonghae.
   Translation: It’s quiet since there’s no one around.
3. Hangul: 아무도 없어서 혼자 다 해야 해.
   Romanization: Amudo eopseoseo honja da haeya hae.
   Translation: I have to do it all by myself because there’s no one here.

These sentences show how to use “Amudo eopseoseo” in different contexts related to the absence of people.

Question 414

Geunal museun iri isseonneunji giyeoknayo?
Yeojeonui geu norae giyeoknayo?
Uriga yaksokan geol giyeoknayo?

Answer 414

The phrase “Giyeol nayo?” (기억나요?) means “Do you remember?” or “Do you recall?” in English. It is used to ask if someone remembers something.

Here are some sample sentences:

1. Hangul: 그날 무슨 일이 있었는지 기억나요?
   Romanization: Geunal museun iri isseonneunji giyeoknayo?
   Translation: Do you remember what happened that day?
2. Hangul: 예전의 그 노래 기억나요?
   Romanization: Yeojeonui geu norae giyeoknayo?
   Translation: Do you remember that old song?
3. Hangul: 우리가 약속한 걸 기억나요?
   Romanization: Uriga yaksokan geol giyeoknayo?
   Translation: Do you remember what we promised?

These sentences show how to use “Giyeol nayo?” to ask if someone remembers something.

Question 415

Sasil-eul malhae juseyo, geojitmalhaji maseyo.
Nareul sogiji malgo soljikhage malhae.

Answer 415

The phrase “Geokjeongmal” (걱정말) can be used to tell someone not to worry or to say “Don’t worry.” However, if you want to say “Don’t lie to me” in Korean, the phrase you should use is:

• Hangul: 거짓말하지 마세요.
• Romanization: Geojitmalhaji maseyo.
• Translation: Don’t lie to me.

Here are some sample sentences:

1. Hangul: 나한테 거짓말하지 마세요.
   Romanization: Nahan테 geojitmalhaji maseyo.
   Translation: Don’t lie to me.
2. Hangul: 사실을 말해 주세요, 거짓말하지 마세요.
   Romanization: Sasil-eul malhae juseyo, geojitmalhaji maseyo.
   Translation: Please tell me the truth, don’t lie to me.
3. Hangul: 나를 속이지 말고 솔직하게 말해.
   Romanization: Nareul sogiji malgo soljikhage malhae.
   Translation: Don’t deceive me, just speak honestly.

These sentences convey the idea of asking someone to be truthful.

Question 416

Nega saenggakhaneun geureon ge anira, dareun iyuga isseo.

Naega malhan geon geureon ge anira, dansunhi seolmyeongharyeoneun geoya.

Geu saram-ui haengdong-i geureon ge anira, geunyang bulpyeonhan geoya.

Answer 416

The phrase “Geuranga anira” (그런가 아니라) translates to “It’s not that way” or “That’s not the case.” It’s used to correct or clarify a misunderstanding. Here are some sample sentences:

1. Hangul: 네가 생각하는 그런 게 아니라, 다른 이유가 있어.
   Romanization: Nega saenggakhaneun geureon ge anira, dareun iyuga isseo.
   Translation: It’s not what you think; there’s another reason.
2. Hangul: 내가 말한 건 그런 게 아니라, 단순히 설명하려는 거야.
   Romanization: Naega malhan geon geureon ge anira, dansunhi seolmyeongharyeoneun geoya.
   Translation: What I said is not that; I’m just trying to explain.
3. Hangul: 그 사람의 행동이 그런 게 아니라, 그냥 불편한 거야.
   Romanization: Geu saram-ui haengdong-i geureon ge anira, geunyang bulpyeonhan geoya.
   Translation: Their behavior is not like that; it’s just uncomfortable.

These sentences use “Geuranga anira” to clarify or correct an assumption.

Question 417

I norae neomu joha.
Neoui seonmul jeongmal neomu joha!
Geu yeonghwa neomu joha-seo tto bogo sipeo.

I keopi neomu joha-seo maeil masyeo.
Yeogi gyeongchiga neomu joha!
Chingudeul-irang bonaeneun sigan neomu joha.
I osi neomu joha, saekkkari wanjeon nae seutail-iya.
Yeoreum banghaki neomu joha!

Answer 417

The phrase “Neumo johta” (너무 좋아) means “I really like it” or “I like it very much.” It’s a way to express strong positive feelings about something.

Here are some sample sentences:

1. Hangul: 이 노래 너무 좋아.
   Romanization: I norae neomu joha.
   Translation: I really like this song.
2. Hangul: 너의 선물 정말 너무 좋아!
   Romanization: Neoui seonmul jeongmal neomu joha!
   Translation: I really love your gift!
3. Hangul: 그 영화 너무 좋아서 또 보고 싶어.
   Romanization: Geu yeonghwa neomu joha-seo tto bogo sipeo.
   Translation: I like that movie so much that I want to watch it again.

These sentences show how to use “Neumo johta” to express enthusiasm or strong liking.
Certainly! Here are a few more sentences using “Neomu johta” (너무 좋아) to express strong liking:

4. Hangul: 이 커피 너무 좋아서 매일 마셔.
   Romanization: I keopi neomu joha-seo maeil masyeo.
   Translation: I like this coffee so much that I drink it every day.
5. Hangul: 여기 경치가 너무 좋아!
   Romanization: Yeogi gyeongchiga neomu joha!
   Translation: The view here is amazing!
6. Hangul: 친구들이랑 보내는 시간 너무 좋아.
   Romanization: Chingudeul-irang bonaeneun sigan neomu joha.
   Translation: I really enjoy the time spent with friends.
7. Hangul: 이 옷이 너무 좋아, 색깔이 완전 내 스타일이야.
   Romanization: I osi neomu joha, saekkkari wanjeon nae seutail-iya.
   Translation: I love these clothes; the color is totally my style.
8. Hangul: 여름 방학이 너무 좋아!
   Romanization: Yeoreum banghaki neomu joha!
   Translation: I love summer vacation!

These additional examples further illustrate how “Neomu johta” can be used to express strong affection or satisfaction in various situations.

Question 418

Jega neomu museopda. I yeonghwaga jeongmal museowo
Eoduun gose honja isseoseo jega neomu museopda.
Geu sorireul deutgo jega neomu museopda.
Jega neomu museopda, honja isseul ttaemada i gibuni deureoyo.

Answer 418

The phrase “Jega neomu museopda” (제가 너무 무섭다) translates to “I’m really scared.” Here’s how you can use it in different contexts:

1. Hangul: 제가 너무 무섭다. 이 영화가 정말 무서워요.
   Romanization: Jega neomu museopda. I yeonghwaga jeongmal museowo요.
   Translation: I’m really scared. This movie is really frightening.
2. Hangul: 어두운 곳에 혼자 있어서 제가 너무 무섭다.
   Romanization: Eoduun gose honja isseoseo jega neomu museopda.
   Translation: I’m really scared because I’m alone in a dark place.
3. Hangul: 그 소리를 듣고 제가 너무 무섭다.
   Romanization: Geu sorireul deutgo jega neomu museopda.
   Translation: I’m really scared after hearing that sound.
4. Hangul: 제가 너무 무섭다, 혼자 있을 때마다 이 기분이 들어요.
   Romanization: Jega neomu museopda, honja isseul ttaemada i gibuni deureoyo.
   Translation: I’m really scared; I feel this way every time I’m alone.

These sentences show how to express fear using “Jega neomu boseupta” in various situations.

Question 419

Geu nongdam jinjja utgyeosseo! Ne yumeo gamgagi neomu joha.
Eoje bon yeonghwaga jinjja utgyeosseo. Jeongmal neomu joha!
Chinguga han mari jinjja utgyeosseo, geu saram neomu joha!
Geu sanghwang-i jinjja utgyeosseo! Ne baneung-do neomu joha.

Answer 419

Here are some sample sentences using “Jinjja utgyeosseo” (진짜 웃겼어) meaning “That was really funny” and “Neomu joha” (너무 좋아) meaning “I really like it”:

1. Hangul: 그 농담 진짜 웃겼어! 네 유머 감각이 너무 좋아.
   Romanization: Geu nongdam jinjja utgyeosseo! Ne yumeo gamgagi neomu joha.
   Translation: That joke was really funny! I really like your sense of humor.
2. Hangul: 어제 본 영화가 진짜 웃겼어. 정말 너무 좋아!
   Romanization: Eoje bon yeonghwaga jinjja utgyeosseo. Jeongmal neomu joha!
   Translation: The movie we watched yesterday was really funny. I really liked it!
3. Hangul: 친구가 한 말이 진짜 웃겼어, 그 사람 너무 좋아!
   Romanization: Chinguga han mari jinjja utgyeosseo, geu saram neomu joha!
   Translation: What my friend said was really funny, I really like them!
4. Hangul: 그 상황이 진짜 웃겼어! 네 반응도 너무 좋아.
   Romanization: Geu sanghwang-i jinjja utgyeosseo! Ne baneung-do neomu joha.
   Translation: That situation was really funny! I also really liked your reaction.

These sentences show how to use both “Jinjja utgyeosseo” and “Neomu joha” to express humor and enjoyment.

Question 420

Igeo wonhaseyo?
Chingu-ege mureobogo gyeoljeonghalge.
I seonmul-eul dangsin-ege julge
Mwol meokgo sipeo?
Geunyeoneun namjawa iyagihago isseo
Chingudeulgwa nonjaenghaji maseyo
Ije jib-euro gal siganie
Hakgyoe gago sipeo
Saramdeul-ege jinsil-eul malhaseyo
Nasseon sarami jib-e wasseo
Urineun sae jib-eul jisseubnida.
I dosi-e sasibnikka?
Igeon gajang joheun seontaek-ieyo.
Jeogie itneun geos-eun mueos-ibnikka?
Jangnan-iya, jugeullae?
Jeo-ege mul-eul jusigesseoyo?
Dangsin-eun mueos-eul wonhamnikka?
Dangsin-i johahaneun eumsig-eun mueos-ingayo?
I saekkkal-eun neomu yeppeo
I seonmul-eul gajusibsio.
Naneun hangsang neoreul saenggakhae.
Hwangso-ga deulpan-eul geotgo isseoyo.
Jangson-en keun chaegim-i isseoyo.
Meog-eul geos-i mani isseoyo.

Answer 420

Certainly! Here’s an explanation of each word or phrase along with sample sentences:

1. Wonhaseyo, wonhae (원하세요, 원해)
   
   • Meaning: “Wonhaseyo” (formal) and “wonhae” (informal) both mean “Do you want?” or “I want.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이거 원하세요?
     • Romanization: Igeo wonhaseyo?
     • Translation: Do you want this?
2. Mureobogo (물어보고)
   
   • Meaning: “Ask and” or “after asking.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 친구에게 물어보고 결정할게.
     • Romanization: Chingu-ege mureobogo gyeoljeonghalge.
     • Translation: I’ll ask my friend and then decide.
3. Dangsin-ege (당신에게)
   
   • Meaning: “To you.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이 선물을 당신에게 줄게요.
     • Romanization: I seonmul-eul dangsin-ege julgeyo.
     • Translation: I’ll give this gift to you.
4. Mwol (뭘)
   
   • Meaning: “What” (informal).
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 뭘 먹고 싶어?
     • Romanization: Mwol meokgo sipeo?
     • Translation: What do you want to eat?
5. Namjawa (남자와)
   
   • Meaning: “With a man.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 그녀는 남자와 이야기하고 있어요.
     • Romanization: Geunyeoneun namjawa iyagihago isseoyo.
     • Translation: She is talking with a man.
6. Nonjaenghaji (논쟁하지)
   
   • Meaning: “Don’t argue” or “argue.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 친구들과 논쟁하지 마세요.
     • Romanization: Chingudeulgwa nonjaenghaji maseyo.
     • Translation: Don’t argue with your friends.
7. Jib-euro (집으로)
   
   • Meaning: “To home.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이제 집으로 갈 시간이에요.
     • Romanization: Ije jib-euro gal siganieyo.
     • Translation: It’s time to go home.
8. Gago (가고)
   
   • Meaning: “Go” or “going.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 학교에 가고 싶어요.
     • Romanization: Hakgyoe gago sipeoyo.
     • Translation: I want to go to school.
9. Saramdeur-ege (사람들에게)
   
   • Meaning: “To people.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 사람들에게 진실을 말하세요.
     • Romanization: Saramdeul-ege jinsil-eul malhaseyo.
     • Translation: Tell the truth to the people.
10. Nasseon (낯선)
    
    • Meaning: “Strange” or “unfamiliar.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 낯선 사람이 집에 왔어요.
      • Romanization: Nasseon sarami jib-e wasseoyo.
      • Translation: A stranger came to the house.
11. Jis-seubnida (짓습니다)
    
    • Meaning: “Build” (formal).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 우리는 새 집을 짓습니다.
      • Romanization: Urineun sae jib-eul jisseubnida.
      • Translation: We are building a new house.
12. Sasibnikka (사십니까)
    
    • Meaning: “Do you live?” (formal, polite).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 이 도시에 사십니까?
      • Romanization: I dosi-e sasibnikka?
      • Translation: Do you live in this city?
13. Gajang (가장)
    
    • Meaning: “Most” or “best.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 이건 가장 좋은 선택이에요.
      • Romanization: Igeon gajang joheun seontaek-ieyo.
      • Translation: This is the best choice.
14. Mueos-ibnikka? (무엇입니까?)
    
    • Meaning: “What is it?” (formal).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 저기에 있는 것은 무엇입니까?
      • Romanization: Jeogie itneun geos-eun mueos-ibnikka?
      • Translation: What is that over there?
15. Jugeullae (죽을래)
    
    • Meaning: “Do you want to die?” (informal, usually said jokingly or as a threat).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 장난이야, 죽을래?
      • Romanization: Jangnan-iya, jugeullae?
      • Translation: Just kidding, do you want to die?
16. Jusigess- (주시겠-)
    
    • Meaning: “Would you give?” (polite).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 저에게 물을 주시겠어요?
      • Romanization: Jeo-ege mul-eul jusigesseoyo?
      • Translation: Would you give me some water?
17. Mueos- (무엇-)
    
    • Meaning: “What.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 당신은 무엇을 원합니까?
      • Romanization: Dangsin-eun mueos-eul wonhamnikka?
      • Translation: What do you want?
18. Joh-ahaneun (좋아하는)
    
    • Meaning: “Like” or “favorite.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 당신이 좋아하는 음식은 무엇인가요?
      • Romanization: Dangsin-i johahaneun eumsig-eun mueos-ingayo?
      • Translation: What is your favorite food?
19. Saegkkareun (색깔은)
    
    • Meaning: “The color is.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 이 색깔은 너무 예뻐요.
      • Romanization: I saekkkal-eun neomu yeppeoyo.
      • Translation: This color is very pretty.
20. Gajusibsio (가주십시오)
    
    • Meaning: “Please take” (formal, polite).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 이 선물을 가주십시오.
      • Romanization: I seonmul-eul gajusibsio.
      • Translation: Please take this gift.
21. Hangsang (항상)
    
    • Meaning: “Always.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 나는 항상 너를 생각해.
      • Romanization: Naneun hangsang neoreul saenggakhae.
      • Translation: I always think of you.
22. Hwangso (황소)
    
    • Meaning: “Bull.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 황소가 들판을 걷고 있어요.
      • Romanization: Hwangso-ga deulpan-eul geotgo isseoyo.
      • Translation: The bull is walking in the field.
23. Jangsonen (장손엔)
    
    • Meaning: “In the palm” (though it’s not a common standalone word in Korean, possibly referring to “장손에” meaning “in the eldest son’s hand”).
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 장손엔 큰 책임이 있어요.
      • Romanization: Jangson-en keun chaegim-i isseoyo.
      • Translation: The eldest son has a big responsibility.
24. Meog-il (먹을)
    
    • Meaning: “To eat.”
    • Sample Sentence:
      
      • Hangul: 먹을 것이 많이 있어요.
      • Romanization: Meog-eul geos-i mani isseoyo.
      • Translation: There is a lot to eat.
25. Aiege (아이에게)
    
    • **Meaning

Question 421

Daeum ju-e manna.
I jiyeog-eseo dareun gos-euro idonghal geoyeyo.
Geuneun ilhaneun jung-ie
I jang-eseo jung-yo-han il-i il-eonasseo
Beoseu-reul tayo.
Gichareul taya hae.
Jibeuro gara
Jajeongeoreul tago sipeo
Hakgyoe georeogayo.

Answer 421

Here are the explanations and sample sentences for the phrases:

1. Daeum (다음)
   
   • Meaning: “Next.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 다음 주에 만나요.
     • Romanization: Daeum ju-e mannayo.
     • Translation: See you next week.
2. Idong (이동)
   
   • Meaning: “Move” or “movement.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이 지역에서 다른 곳으로 이동할 거예요.
     • Romanization: I jiyeog-eseo dareun gos-euro idonghal geoyeyo.
     • Translation: I will move from this area to another place.
3. Jung (중)
   
   • Meaning: “Middle” or “center.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 그는 일하는 중이에요.
     • Romanization: Geuneun ilhaneun jung-ieyo.
     • Translation: He is in the middle of working.
4. Jang (장)
   
   • Meaning: “Place” or “scene” (can also mean “chapter” in a book).
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이 장에서 중요한 일이 일어났어요.
     • Romanization: I jang-eseo jung-yo-han il-i il-eonasseoyo.
     • Translation: An important event happened in this chapter.
5. Tayo (타요)
   
   • Meaning: “I ride” or “let’s ride.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 버스를 타요.
     • Romanization: Beoseu-reul tayo.
     • Translation: Let’s ride the bus.
6. Taya (타야)
   
   • Meaning: “Need to ride” or “must ride.”
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 기차를 타야 해요.
     • Romanization: Gichareul taya haeyo.
     • Translation: I need to ride the train.
7. Gara (가라)
   
   • Meaning: “Go” (imperative form, commanding someone to go).
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 집으로 가라.
     • Romanization: Jibeuro gara.
     • Translation: Go home.
8. Jajeongeoreul (자전거를)
   
   • Meaning: “Bicycle” (object form).
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 자전거를 타고 싶어요.
     • Romanization: Jajeongeoreul tago sipeoyo.
     • Translation: I want to ride a bicycle.
9. Georeogayo (걸어가요)
   
   • Meaning: “Walk” or “walking” (present tense).
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 학교에 걸어가요.
     • Romanization: Hakgyoe georeogayo.
     • Translation: I walk to school.

Question 422

Museopge
Geuneun museopge sorichyeosseo

Answer 422

Museopge (무섭게)

• Meaning: “Scarily” or “in a frightening way.”
• Sample Sentence:
  
  • Hangul: 그는 무섭게 소리쳤어요.
  • Romanization: Geuneun museopge sorichyeosseoyo.
  • Translation: He shouted in a scary way.
    Here are additional sample sentences using museopge (무섭게):

1. Hangul: 영화가 무섭게 시작했어요.
   
   • Romanization: Yeonghwa-ga museopge sijakhaesseoyo.
   • Translation: The movie started in a frightening way.
2. Hangul: 아이가 무섭게 울었어요.
   
   • Romanization: Aiga museopge ul-eosseoyo.
   • Translation: The child cried in a scary manner.
3. Hangul: 그는 무섭게 다가왔어요.
   
   • Romanization: Geuneun museopge dagawasseoyo.
   • Translation: He approached in a frightening way.
4. Hangul: 밤이 무섭게 어두워졌어요.
   
   • Romanization: Bami museopge eoduwowojyeosseoyo.
   • Translation: The night became frighteningly dark.
5. Hangul: 무섭게 생긴 동물이 나타났어요.
   
   • Romanization: Museopge saenggin dongmuli natanasseoyo.
   • Translation: A scary-looking animal appeared.

Question 423

Igeo mwoya? Gapjagi wae irae?

Answer 423

Here are the explanations and sample sentences for the phrases Mwoya (뭐야) and Wae rae (왜 이래):

1. Mwoya (뭐야)
   
   • Meaning: “What is it?” or “What’s this?” It’s an informal way to express surprise or confusion.
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 이거 뭐야?
     • Romanization: Igeo mwoya?
     • Translation: What is this?
2. Wae rae (왜 이래)
   
   • Meaning: “What’s wrong?” or “Why are you acting like this?” It’s used when you’re questioning someone’s behavior or the situation.
   • Sample Sentence:
     
     • Hangul: 갑자기 왜 이래?
     • Romanization: Gapjagi wae irae?
     • Translation: Why are you acting like this all of a sudden?

These phrases are often used together in casual conversations to express shock, surprise, or confusion about someone’s actions or a situation.

Question 424

Uljima, modeun ge gwaenchana-jil geoya.
Uljima, naega yeope isseo.
Uljima, himdeureodo igyeonael su isseo

Answer 424

Uljima (울지마)

• Meaning: “Don’t cry.” This is an informal and comforting way to tell someone not to cry.
• Sample Sentences:
  • Hangul: 울지마, 모든 게 괜찮아질 거야.
  • Romanization: Uljima, modeun ge gwaenchana-jil geoya.
  • Translation: Don’t cry, everything will be okay.
  • Hangul: 울지마, 내가 옆에 있어.
  • Romanization: Uljima, naega yeope isseo.
  • Translation: Don’t cry, I’m here by your side.
  • Hangul: 울지마, 힘들어도 이겨낼 수 있어.
  • Romanization: Uljima, himdeureodo igyeonael su isseo.
  • Translation: Don’t cry, even if it’s tough, you can get through it.

Question 425

Wain daeume eonje kkayo?

Answer 425

Daeume eonje kkayo? (다음에 언제 까요?)

• Meaning: “When is the next time we’ll pop it open?” or “When are we going to open it next time?” (typically used when referring to opening something, like a bottle or package).
• Sample Sentence:
  • Hangul: 와인 다음에 언제 까요?
  • Romanization: Wain daeume eonje kkayo?
  • Translation: When will we open the wine next time?

Question 426

Modeun-
Modeun sarami haengbokhagireul baramnida.
Geunyeoneun modeun gwamog-eseo nopeun jeomsureul badasseo.
Modeun mun-i datyeo isseo
Modeun il-i jal doego isseo.
Urineun modeun gyehoeg-eul byeongyeonghaeya hae.

Answer 426

Modeun (모든)

• Meaning: “All” or “every.” It is used to describe something that includes all items or people in a group.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 모든 사람이 행복하기를 바랍니다.
     
     • Romanization: Modeun sarami haengbokhagireul baramnida.
     • Translation: I hope everyone is happy.
  2. Hangul: 그녀는 모든 과목에서 높은 점수를 받았어요.
     
     • Romanization: Geunyeoneun modeun gwamog-eseo nopeun jeomsureul badasseoyo.
     • Translation: She received high scores in all subjects.
  3. Hangul: 모든 문이 닫혀 있어요.
     
     • Romanization: Modeun mun-i datyeo isseoyo.
     • Translation: All the doors are closed.
  4. Hangul: 모든 일이 잘 되고 있어요.
     
     • Romanization: Modeun il-i jal doego isseoyo.
     • Translation: Everything is going well.
  5. Hangul: 우리는 모든 계획을 변경해야 해요.
     
     • Romanization: Urineun modeun gyehoeg-eul byeongyeonghaeya haeyo.
     • Translation: We need to change all of our plans.

Question 427

Wiheomhan il-eun hal su mara.
Geugeo honjaseo hal su mara.
Deo isang geojismal hal su mara.

Answer 427

Hal su mara (할 수 마라)

• Meaning: “Don’t do it” or “You must not do it.” This phrase is a more commanding way to tell someone not to do something.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 위험한 일은 할 수 마라.
     
     • Romanization: Wiheomhan il-eun hal su mara.
     • Translation: Don’t do anything dangerous.
  2. Hangul: 그거 혼자서 할 수 마라.
     
     • Romanization: Geugeo honjaseo hal su mara.
     • Translation: Don’t do that alone.
  3. Hangul: 더 이상 거짓말할 수 마라.
     
     • Romanization: Deo isang geojismal hal su mara.
     • Translation: Don’t lie anymore.

Question 428

Hal su isseo
Neoramyeon hal su isseo!
Naega i il-eul hal su isseo.

Hal su iche?
Nado igeo hal su iche?
Uriga igyeonael su iche?

Answer 428

Here are the explanations and sample sentences for Hal su isseo (할 수 있어) and Hal su iche (할 수 있지):

1. Hal su isseo (할 수 있어)
   
   • Meaning: “I can do it” or “You can do it.” This phrase is used to express ability or confidence in doing something.
   • Sample Sentences:
     
     • Hangul: 너라면 할 수 있어!
     • Romanization: Neoramyeon hal su isseo!
     • Translation: If it’s you, you can do it!
     • Hangul: 내가 이 일을 할 수 있어.
     • Romanization: Naega i il-eul hal su isseo.
     • Translation: I can do this job.
2. Hal su iche (할 수 있지)
   
   • Meaning: “I can, right?” or “You can, right?” This phrase is often used to confirm someone’s ability or possibility of doing something, similar to asking for reassurance.
   • Sample Sentences:
     
     • Hangul: 나도 이거 할 수 있지?
     • Romanization: Nado igeo hal su iche?
     • Translation: I can do this too, right?
     • Hangul: 우리가 이겨낼 수 있지?
     • Romanization: Uriga igyeonael su iche?
     • Translation: We can overcome this, right?

Question 429

Ollin gaseo

Sajin-eul ollin gaseo hwaginhae boseyo.
Munseo-reul ollin gaseo jag-eob-eul gyesoghaseyo.

Answer 429

Olin gaseo (올린 가서)

• Meaning: This phrase is a bit unclear, but it can be interpreted as “Go after putting up” or “Go after uploading.” The exact meaning depends on the context.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 사진을 올린 가서 확인해 보세요.
     
     • Romanization: Sajin-eul ollin gaseo hwaginhae boseyo.
     • Translation: Go check after you upload the photo.
  2. Hangul: 문서를 올린 가서 작업을 계속하세요.
     
     • Romanization: Munseo-reul ollin gaseo jag-eob-eul gyesoghaseyo.
     • Translation: Continue working after you upload the document.

If you provide more context, I can give a more precise explanation!

Question 430

Appreu hajima

Dachiji malgo appeujima.
Neomu himdeureohaji malgo appeujima.
Byeongwon-e gaseo appeujima.

Answer 430

Appreu hajima (아프지마)

• Meaning: “Don’t be in pain” or “Don’t get hurt.” This is a comforting phrase used to express concern for someone’s well-being.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 다치지 말고 아프지마.
     
     • Romanization: Dachiji malgo appeujima.
     • Translation: Don’t get hurt and don’t be in pain.
  2. Hangul: 너무 힘들어하지 말고 아프지마.
     
     • Romanization: Neomu himdeureohaji malgo appeujima.
     • Translation: Don’t be too stressed and don’t be in pain.
  3. Hangul: 병원에 가서 아프지마.
     
     • Romanization: Byeongwon-e gaseo appeujima.
     • Translation: Go to the hospital and don’t be in pain.

Question 431

Amuteun malgo

Amuteun malgo dareun bangbeob-eul chajabojja.
Amuteun malgo guchejeog-eulo malhaejwo.
Amuteun malgo gyeolgwa-reul boyeojwo.

Answer 431

Amuteun malgo (아무튼 말고)

• Meaning: “Anyway, not…” or “Instead of saying anything,…” This phrase implies a suggestion to avoid discussing a certain topic or to do something differently.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 아무튼 말고 다른 방법을 찾아보자.
     
     • Romanization: Amuteun malgo dareun bangbeob-eul chajabojja.
     • Translation: Instead of discussing it, let’s find another way.
  2. Hangul: 아무튼 말고 구체적으로 말해줘.
     
     • Romanization: Amuteun malgo guchejeog-eulo malhaejwo.
     • Translation: Instead of just saying anything, please be specific.
  3. Hangul: 아무튼 말고 결과를 보여줘.
     
     • Romanization: Amuteun malgo gyeolgwa-reul boyeojwo.
     • Translation: Instead of talking about it, show me the results.

Ene (에네)

• Meaning: This appears to be a typo or may need more context to understand. In many cases, it might be related to the Korean particle “에” (which can mean “to” or “at”). If you meant a different word or need a specific context, please provide more details!

Question 432

Gatchi georeulsilkka?

Gongwon-eseo gatchi georeul su isseulkka?
Oneul jeonyeog-e gatchi georeul su isseulkka?
I gil-eul gatchi georeul su isseulkka-yo?

Answer 432

Gatchi georeulsilkka? (같이 걸을 수 있을까?)

• Meaning: “Can we walk together?” or “Is it possible to walk together?” This phrase is used to suggest or ask if it’s possible to walk together with someone.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 공원에서 같이 걸을 수 있을까?
     
     • Romanization: Gongwon-eseo gatchi georeul su isseulkka?
     • Translation: Can we walk together in the park?
  2. Hangul: 오늘 저녁에 같이 걸을 수 있을까?
     
     • Romanization: Oneul jeonyeog-e gatchi georeul su isseulkka?
     • Translation: Can we walk together this evening?
  3. Hangul: 이 길을 같이 걸을 수 있을까요?
     
     • Romanization: I gil-eul gatchi georeul su isseulkka-yo?
     • Translation: Can we walk this path together?

Question 433

Geuge mwoseunsirya?

Jeogi inneun ge mwoya?
Geu sangja ane mwoga deureo isseo?
Geuge wae ireon ge jung-yohae?

Answer 433

Geuge mwoseunsirya? (그게 무엇이냐?)

• Meaning: “What is that?” This phrase is used to ask about something, typically when you are unfamiliar with it or need clarification.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 저기 있는 게 뭐야?
     
     • Romanization: Jeogi inneun ge mwoya?
     • Translation: What is that over there?
  2. Hangul: 그 상자 안에 뭐가 들어 있어?
     
     • Romanization: Geu sangja ane mwoga deureo isseo?
     • Translation: What is inside that box?
  3. Hangul: 그게 왜 이렇게 중요해?
     
     • Romanization: Geuge wae ireon ge jung-yohae?
     • Translation: Why is that so important?

Question 434

Nollaseotji?

Geu sosig-eul deureosseul ttae nollaseotji?
Gapjagi natanan geu saram ttaemune nollaseotji?
Ireon gyeolgwa-ga naol jul mollassjyo?

Answer 434

nollaseotji? (놀라셨지?)

• Meaning: “Were you surprised?” or “Did it surprise you?” It is used to ask if someone was surprised by something.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 그 소식을 들었을 때 놀라셨지?
     
     • Romanization: Geu sosig-eul deureosseul ttae nollaseotji?
     • Translation: Were you surprised when you heard the news?
  2. Hangul: 갑자기 나타난 그 사람 때문에 놀라셨지?
     
     • Romanization: Gapjagi natanan geu saram ttaemune nollaseotji?
     • Translation: Were you surprised by the person who suddenly appeared?
  3. Hangul: 이런 결과가 나올 줄 몰랐죠?
     
     • Romanization: Ireon gyeolgwa-ga naol jul mollassjyo?
     • Translation: You didn’t expect this outcome, did you?

Question 435

Deuleochi?

Saeroun sosik deureotji?
Eoje pati-e daehae deureotji?
I norae deureobwattji?

Answer 435

Deuleochi? (들었지?)

• Meaning: “Did you hear?” or “Have you heard?” It is used to ask if someone has heard or received information about something.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 새로운 소식 들었지?
     
     • Romanization: Saeroun sosik deureotji?
     • Translation: Did you hear the news?
  2. Hangul: 어제 파티에 대해 들었지?
     
     • Romanization: Eoje pati-e daehae deureotji?
     • Translation: Have you heard about the party yesterday?
  3. Hangul: 이 노래 들어봤지?
     
     • Romanization: I norae deureobwattji?
     • Translation: Have you heard this song?

Question 436

Wa yeppeune

Wa, i kkot jeongmal yeppeune.
Wa, nega oneul ibeun ot jeongmal yeppeune.
Wa, i gyeongchiga neomu yeppeune.

Answer 436

Wa yeppeune (와 예쁘네…)

• Meaning: “Wow, so pretty…” or “Wow, it’s beautiful…” This phrase is used to express admiration or amazement at something or someone that is beautiful.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 와, 이 꽃 정말 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, i kkot jeongmal yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, this flower is really pretty.
  2. Hangul: 와, 네가 오늘 입은 옷 정말 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, nega oneul ibeun ot jeongmal yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, the clothes you’re wearing today are really pretty.
  3. Hangul: 와, 이 경치가 너무 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, i gyeongchiga neomu yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, this scenery is so beautiful.

Question 437

Bunmyeong or bunmyeonghi

bunmyeonghi majayo!

Answer 437

Ah, got it! The phrase you’re thinking of is likely “분명” (bunmyeong) or “분명히” (bunmyeonghi). This word is often used to emphasize that something is certain or clear, similar to saying “clearly” or “definitely” in English.

• 분명 (bunmyeong) - “Clearly” or “Surely”
• 분명히 맞아요! (bunmyeonghi majayo!) - “You’re clearly right!”

This expression is frequently used in K-dramas to emphasize that something is true or to agree with someone emphatically.

Question 438

Mullon

Naeil gachi gal geoj?
I iri eoryeoulkka?
Mullonijyo, hajiman uriga hal su isseo!
I yeonghwa jaemiisseulkka?

Answer 438

Yes, “물론” (mullon) means “of course” in Korean! It’s used to express agreement or confirmation, similar to how “of course” is used in English.

• 물론! (mullon!) - “Of course!”

You can also use it in a sentence like:

• 물론이죠! (mullonijyo!) - “Of course!” (More polite/formal)

Sure! Here are a few sample sentences using 물론 (mullon):

1. A: 내일 같이 갈 거죠?
   (Naeil gachi gal geojyo?)
   “You’re coming with us tomorrow, right?”B: 물론이죠!
   (Mullonijyo!)
   “Of course!”
2. A: 이 일이 어려울까요?
   (I iri eoryeoulkkayo?)
   “Will this task be difficult?”B: 물론이죠, 하지만 우리가 할 수 있어요!
   (Mullonijyo, hajiman uriga hal su isseoyo!)
   “Of course, but we can do it!”
3. A: 이 영화 재미있을까요?
   (I yeonghwa jaemiisseulkkayo?)
   “Do you think this movie will be interesting?”B: 물론!
   (Mullon!)
   “Of course!”

These sentences show how 물론 (mullon) can be used to express certainty or agreement in different contexts.

Question 439

Jangnan geumanhae!
Jebal geumanhae!
Ssa-wooji ma! Geumanhae!
Geumanhaseyo

Jangnan geumanhae! Na bae apaseo useul suga eopseo!

Answer 439

Yes, 그만해 (geumanhae) means “Stop it!” in Korean. It’s an informal way to tell someone to stop doing something. Here are some examples of how it can be used:

1. A: 장난 그만해!
   (Jangnan geumanhae!)
   “Stop joking around!”
2. A: 제발 그만해!
   (Jebal geumanhae!)
   “Please, stop it!”
3. A: 싸우지 마! 그만해!
   (Ssa-wooji ma! Geumanhae!)
   “Stop fighting! Cut it out!”

If you want to be more polite or formal, you can say:

• 그만하세요 (geumanhaseyo) - “Please stop it!” (polite)

Here’s how you can express that in Korean:

장난 그만해! 나 배 아파서 웃을 수가 없어!
(Jangnan geumanhae! Na bae apaseo useul suga eopseo!)
“Stop joking around! My stomach hurts already from laughing!”

This sentence is a fun way to tell someone that their jokes are making you laugh so much that it’s causing you discomfort.

Question 440

Jamkkan bulleodo dwae?
Jamkkan sigan gwaenchanhseyo?

Answer 440

The phrase you’re looking for is “잠깐 불러도 돼?” (jamkkan bulleodo dwae?), which means “Can I call you for a second?” or “Do you have a second, can we talk?” Here’s a more detailed breakdown:

• 잠깐 불러도 돼? (Jamkkan bulleodo dwae?) - “Do you have a second? Can we talk?”

If you want to be more polite, you could say:

• 잠깐 시간 괜찮으세요? (Jamkkan sigan gwaenchanhseyo?) - “Do you have a moment? Is it okay if we talk?”

This phrase is commonly used when you want to ask someone if they have a moment to talk, whether it’s something important or just a quick chat.

Question 441

Hagin

Geu yeonghwa jeongmal jaemieopseosseo.
Hagin, byeollo yeotji.
I munjeneun bokjaphae
Hagin, eoryeopji

Answer 441

It sounds like you’re referring to “하긴” (hagin), which is a colloquial expression used to agree with or acknowledge something, often with a sense of resignation or understanding. It can be translated as “True,” “Indeed,” or “I see.”

For example:

1. A: 그 영화 정말 재미없었어.
   (Geu yeonghwa jeongmal jaemieopseosseo.)
   “That movie was really boring.”B: 하긴, 별로였지.
   (Hagin, byeollo yeotji.)
   “True, it was pretty bad.”
2. A: 이 문제는 복잡해.
   (I munjeneun bokjaphae.)
   “This problem is complicated.”B: 하긴, 어렵지.
   (Hagin, eoryeopji.)
   “True, it’s difficult.”

In these examples, 하긴 acknowledges the truth or reality of the situation being discussed.

Question 442

Igeo maj-eum? Informal

igeo majayo? Formal

I munje-ui dapi 42ya
Igeo maj-eum?
I jaryoreul bonikka ireon naeyongi itdeorago
Algesseo. Igeo maj-eum?
I gili matneunji hwagin-hae boseyo

Answer 442

“이거 맞음?” (igeo maj-eum?) is an informal way of asking “Is this correct?” or “Is this right?”

• 이거 (igeo) - “this”
• 맞음 (maj-eum) - “correct” or “right” (informal, short form of 맞다, majda)

So, “이거 맞음?” can be used to ask if something is correct or accurate in a casual setting.
Yes, “이거 맞아요?” (igeo majayo?) is similar to “Is it like this?” or “Is this correct?”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 이거 (igeo) - “this” (referring to something near you)
- 맞아요? (majayo?) - “Is it correct?” or “Is it right?”

So, “이거 맞아요?” can be used to check if something is correct or as expected.
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “이거 맞음?” (igeo maj-eum?):

1. A: 이 문제의 답이 42야.
   (I munje-ui dapi 42ya.)
   “The answer to this problem is 42.”B: 이거 맞음?
   (Igeo maj-eum?)
   “Is this correct?”
2. A: 이 길이 맞는지 확인해 보세요.
   (I gili matneunji hwagin-hae boseyo.)
   “Please check if this road is correct.”B: 알겠어요. 이거 맞음?
   (Algesseoyo. Igeo maj-eum?)
   “Got it. Is this correct?”
3. A: 이 자료를 보니까 이런 내용이 있더라고요.
   (I jaryoreul bonikka ireon naeyongi itdeoragoyo.)
   “I saw this kind of information in the material.”B: 이거 맞음?
   (Igeo maj-eum?)
   “Is this accurate?”

In these examples, “이거 맞음?” is used to verify the correctness or accuracy of something.

Question 443

Baro bwa!
I peurojekteuga seonggonghal su isseulkka?
Baro bwa!

Answer 443

“바로 봐!” (baro bwa!) can be used to say “You wait and see!” in Korean.

Here’s how you can use it:

• 바로 봐! (Baro bwa!) - “You wait and see!” (meaning “Just watch and see what happens” or “Wait and see!”)

You might also use it to convey a sense of confidence about something that will happen:

1. A: 이 프로젝트가 성공할 수 있을까?
   (I peurojekteuga seonggonghal su isseulkka?)
   “Do you think this project will succeed?”B: 바로 봐!
   (Baro bwa!)
   “You wait and see!”

In this context, 바로 봐! conveys that the speaker is confident and encourages the listener to observe the outcome.

Question 444

neo achim meogeosseo? Gaja!
neo achim meogeollae? Gaja!

Answer 444

“너 아침 먹었어?” (neo achim meogeosseo?) translates to “Did you have breakfast?” and “가자!” (gaja!) means “Let’s go!”

So if you say:

“너 아침 먹었어? 가자!”
(Neo achim meogeosseo? Gaja!)
“Did you have breakfast? Let’s go!”

This could be used to check if someone has eaten and then suggest going somewhere together.

Question 445

Neo Gieokna

Uriga jinan jue mannatteon geu kape gieokna?
A, gieokna!
Geu yeonghwa bon ji orae dwaetji?
Eung, gieokna
Nega jeone malhaetdeon geu yaegi gieokna?
Mullon gieokna!

Answer 445

“너 기억나?” (neo gieokna?) translates to “Do you remember?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 너 (neo) - “you” (informal)
- 기억나? (gieokna?) - “Do you remember?”

So, “너 기억나?” is an informal way to ask someone if they remember something. For a more polite version, you could say:
Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using “너 기억나?” (neo gieokna?):

1. A: 우리가 지난 주에 만났던 그 카페 기억나?
   (Uriga jinan jue mannatteon geu kape gieokna?)
   “Do you remember that café we met at last week?”B: 아, 기억나!
   (A, gieokna!)
   “Oh, I remember!”
2. A: 그 영화 본 지 오래됐지?
   (Geu yeonghwa bon ji orae dwaetji?)
   “It’s been a while since we watched that movie, right?”B: 응, 기억나.
   (Eung, gieokna.)
   “Yeah, I remember.”
3. A: 네가 전에 말했던 그 얘기 기억나?
   (Nega jeone malhaetdeon geu yaegi gieokna?)
   “Do you remember that story you told before?”B: 아, 물론 기억나!
   (A, mullon gieokna!)
   “Oh, of course, I remember!”

These examples show how “너 기억나?” can be used to recall past events or information.

• “기억나세요?” (gieoknaseyo?) - “Do you remember?” (polite/formal)

Question 446

Jangnan geumanhae!
Geumanhae, jinjjaro!
Ije geumanhae, deo isang chameul su eopseo!

Answer 446

If you want to say “Stop it!” in Korean, you can use “그만해!” (geumanhae!).

Here’s how it works in different contexts:

1. A: 장난 그만해!
   (Jangnan geumanhae!)
   “Stop joking around!”
2. A: 그만해, 진짜로!
   (Geumanhae, jinjjaro!)
   “Stop it, seriously!”
3. A: 이제 그만해, 더 이상 참을 수 없어!
   (Ije geumanhae, deo isang chameul su eopseo!)
   “Stop it now, I can’t stand it any longer!”

“그만해!” is a direct and common way to tell someone to stop doing something in Korean.

Question 447

Wa, i kkot jeongmal yeppeune.
Wa, nega oneul ibeun ot jeongmal yeppeune
Wa, i gyeongchiga neomu yeppeune.

Answer 447

Wa yeppeune (와 예쁘네…)

• Meaning: “Wow, so pretty…” or “Wow, it’s beautiful…” This phrase is used to express admiration or amazement at something or someone that is beautiful.
• Sample Sentences:
  1. Hangul: 와, 이 꽃 정말 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, i kkot jeongmal yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, this flower is really pretty.
  2. Hangul: 와, 네가 오늘 입은 옷 정말 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, nega oneul ibeun ot jeongmal yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, the clothes you’re wearing today are really pretty.
  3. Hangul: 와, 이 경치가 너무 예쁘네.
     
     • Romanization: Wa, i gyeongchiga neomu yeppeune.
     • Translation: Wow, this scenery is so beautiful.

Question 448

han daero yo
I bangbeobi han daero?

Answer 448

한 대로요” (han daero yo)**, which could mean “as it is” or “in the same way.”

However, if you’re thinking of “한 대로요?” (han daero yo?), it might be used to ask if something should be done as it is or in a particular way.

For example:
- “이 방법이 한 대로요?”
(I bangbeobi han daero yo?)
“Should we do it this way?”

If this isn’t what you meant, could you provide more context or clarify?

Question 449

Himdeureoyo
Eoryeowoyo.
Jeo jigeum himdeun sanghwangi-eoyo.

Answer 449

If you’re having a hard time in Korean and want to express that, you might use phrases like:

1. 힘들어요. (Himdeureoyo.)
   “I’m having a hard time.”
2. 어려워요. (Eoryeowoyo.)
   “It’s difficult.”
3. 저 지금 힘든 상황이에요. (Jeo jigeum himdeun sanghwangi-eoyo.)
   “I’m in a difficult situation right now.”

These phrases can help you communicate that you’re struggling or facing challenges.

Question 450

Jeogi
Gidaryeo

Answer 450

The phrase “저기” (jeogi) means “there” or “over there,” and is often used when pointing something out or trying to get someone’s attention, like “Hey!” or “Excuse me!”

If you’re looking for a word meaning “wait,” the correct term is:

• 기다려 (gidaryeo) – Informal way to say “wait.”
• 기다리세요 (gidariseyo) – Polite form, “Please wait.”

So, if you want to say “Wait!” in an informal way, you would say:

• 기다려! (Gidaryeo!)

If you’re asking someone politely, you’d say:

• 기다리세요! (Gidariseyo!)

Question 451

Geunyang
Wae geureoke haesseo?
Geunyang geureoneun geoya.)*
“I just did it.

Jigeum naganeun geoya?)*
“Are you going out now?
Eung, geunyang geureoneun geoya.)*
“Yeah, I’m just going

Answer 451

“그냥 그러는 거야?” (Geunyang geureoneun geoya?) means “Is that just how it is?” or “Are you just doing that?” in an informal context.

Here’s the breakdown:

• 그냥 (geunyang): “just” or “simply.”
• 그러는 거야? (geureoneun geoya?): “Is that how it is?” or “Are you doing that?”

It can be used when you’re questioning someone’s actions or if something is happening for no specific reason.

1. A: 왜 그렇게 했어?
   (Wae geureoke haesseo?)
   “Why did you do that?”B: 그냥 그러는 거야.
   (Geunyang geureoneun geoya.)
   “I just did it.”
2. A: 지금 나가는 거야?
   (Jigeum naganeun geoya?)
   “Are you going out now?”B: 응, 그냥 그러는 거야.
   (Eung, geunyang geureoneun geoya.)
   “Yeah, I’m just going.”

It’s a casual way of saying something is happening “just because” or “for no particular reason.”

Question 452

Ingiga mana
Euro sseultte ttaemune
Hansang haengbokhaseyo
Eomcheong keoyo

Answer 452

Here are the meanings of the words you mentioned in Korean:

1. 인기가 (ingiga):
   
   • This comes from 인기 (ingi), meaning “popularity.”
   • 인기가 is the subject form of “popularity,” as in:
     
     • 인기가 많아요.
       (Ingiga manayo.)
       “It’s popular.”
2. 으로 쓸 때 때문에 (euro sseultte ttaemune):
   
   • 으로 쓸 때 means “when you use it as…”
   • 때문에 means “because of.”
   • Combined, it could mean “because it’s used as…” depending on the context.
3. 항상 (hansang):
   
   • This means “always.”
     
     • 항상 행복하세요.
       (Hansang haengbokhaseyo.)
       “Always be happy.”
4. 엄청 (eomcheong):
   
   • This means “a lot,” “very,” or “extremely.” It’s used to emphasize something.
     
     • 엄청 커요.
       (Eomcheong keoyo.)
       “It’s really big.”

These words could be used to describe something very popular, frequently used, or something large in degree. Let me know if you need sample sentences or more context!

Question 453

Geudaeimnida

Answer 453

“그다음입니다” (geudaueimnida) means “It’s next” or “It’s the next step.”

If you are referring to a similar phrase like “그대입니다” (geudaeimnida), it would translate to “It is you” in a formal or poetic sense.

Here are two possible contexts:

1. 그다음입니다 (geudaueimnida):
   
   • “It’s next” or “It’s the next step.”
2. 그대입니다 (geudaeimnida):
   
   • “It is you” (formal or poetic, often used in songs or romantic contexts).

Could you clarify which phrase you’re asking about?

Question 454

Geuroni kka mariya!
Geumariseo!

Answer 454

The phrase “그러니까 말이야” (geuroni kka mariya) or “그러니까 말이죠” (geumariseo)” is a casual expression in Korean that roughly means “That’s what I’m saying!” or “Exactly!” It is used to express agreement or emphasize what someone is saying.

Here’s how it works:

• 그러니까 말이야! (geuroni kka mariya!)
  “That’s what I’m saying!” (informal)
• 그러니까 말이죠! (geumariseo!)
  “Exactly!” or “That’s what I mean!” (more polite)

It’s often used when you agree with someone or want to reiterate a point they just made.

Question 455

Geudaereul saranghaeyo
Geudeul
Geudeuri hakgyoe gasseo

Answer 455

Here’s the difference between 그대를 (geudaereul) and 그들이 (geudeuri):

1. 그대를 (geudaereul):
   
   • 그대 (geudae) is a formal and poetic way to say “you,” often used in songs, poetry, or very respectful contexts.
   • 그대를 (geudaereul) is the object form of 그대, meaning “you” (as the object of the sentence). For example:
     
     • 그대를 사랑해요.
       (Geudaereul saranghaeyo.)
       “I love you.” (very poetic and formal)
2. 그들이 (geudeuri):
   
   • 그들 (geudeul) means “they” or “them” in Korean.
   • 그들이 (geudeuri) is the subject form, meaning “they” (as the subject of the sentence). For example:
     
     • 그들이 학교에 갔어요.
       (Geudeuri hakgyoe gasseoyo.)
       “They went to school.”

In short, 그대를 (geudaereul) refers to “you” in a poetic sense, while 그들이 (geudeuri) refers to “they” or “them.”

Question 456

ildan hal simyeon
ildan hamyeon
ildan hal sinyong
ildan hal cheok

Answer 456

The phrases “일단 할 시면” (ildan hal simyeon) and “일단 할 신용” (ildan hal sinyong) may need some clarification.

1. 일단 할 시면 (ildan hal simyeon) sounds like you’re trying to say, “If you do it first” or “If you start it first.” The correct way to phrase this in Korean would be:
   
   • 일단 하면 (ildan hamyeon) – “If you do it first” or “Once you do it.”
2. 일단 할 신용 (ildan hal sinyong) might be a mix-up of words, as 신용 (sinyong) means “credit” or “trust.” If you were trying to convey “pretending to do it first” or “acting like you’re doing it,” the correct phrase could be:
   
   • 일단 할 척 (ildan hal cheok) – “Pretending to do it first.”

Could you confirm the meaning you’re going for, or provide more context?

Question 457

Geokjeong ma, hal su isseo!

Answer 457

“걱정 마시고, 할 수 있어요!” (Geokjeong masigo, hal su isseoyo!) means “Don’t worry, you can do it!” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 걱정 마시고 (Geokjeong masigo) - “Don’t worry”
- 할 수 있어요! (Hal su isseoyo!) - “You can do it!” or “If you do it!”

This phrase is encouraging, often used to reassure someone and give them confidence. If you’re speaking informally, you could say:

• “걱정 마, 할 수 있어!” (Geokjeong ma, hal su isseo!)
  “Don’t worry, you can do it!” (informal)

It’s a great phrase to motivate someone or yourself when facing a challenge.

Question 458

Igeo bada

Answer 458

The correct way to say “Take this” in Korean is:

“이거 받아.” (Igeo bada) – Informal
- 이거 (igeo) means “this.”
- 받아 (bada) means “take” (informal form of the verb 받다 which means “to receive” or “to take”).

For a more polite version, you could say:

“이거 받으세요.” (Igeo badeuseyo) – Polite
- 받으세요 (badeuseyo) is the polite form of “take.”

So, you can use “이거 받아” to informally say “Take this!”

Question 459

nae oppaga uri gajog-ijana
Honjae galge

Answer 459

Here’s the breakdown of your phrases:

1. “내 오빠가 우리 가족이잖아” (Nae oppaga uri gajog-ijana):
   
   • 내 오빠가 (nae oppaga) – “My older brother” (used by females to refer to an older brother or an older male friend).
   • 우리 가족이잖아 (uri gajog-ijana) – “is part of our family, you know.”
   Together, this means:
   “My brother is part of our family, you know.”
2. “혼자 갈게” (Honjae galge):
   
   • 혼자 (honja) – “alone.”
   • 갈게 (galge) – “I will go” (used to express intention or decision).
   This means:
   “I’ll go alone.”

Together, the full meaning of the phrases would be:

“My brother is part of our family, you know. I’ll go alone.”

Question 460

Michyeosseo?! Na jom naebeoryeo dwa!

Answer 460

If you want to say “Are you crazy! Leave me alone!” in Korean, here’s how you can say it:

1. 미쳤어?! 나 좀 내버려 둬!
   (Michyeosseo?! Na jom naebeoryeo dwa!)
   “Are you crazy?! Leave me alone!”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 미쳤어?! (Michyeosseo?!) – “Are you crazy?!” (informal)
- 나 좀 내버려 둬! (Na jom naebeoryeo dwa!) – “Leave me alone!”

If you want to say it more politely, you can use:
- 미쳤어요?! 저 좀 내버려 두세요!
(Michyeosseoyo?! Jeo jom naebeoryeo duseyo!)

Question 461

Je ganda, Deo boja

Answer 461

The phrases you mentioned can be expressed as:

1. “저 간다” (Je ganda) – “I’m going” (informal).
   
   • 저 (je) means “I” or “me” (polite).
   • 간다 (ganda) is an informal way of saying “I’m going” (from the verb 가다 - to go).
   If you want to be more polite, you can say:
   “저 갈게요” (Je galgeyo) – “I’ll be going.”
2. “또 보자” (Deo boja) – “See you again” (informal).
   
   • 또 (tto) means “again.”
   • 보자 (boja) means “let’s see” or “see you” in an informal context.

For a polite version:
“또 봐요” (Tto bwayo) – “See you again.”

So together:
- “저 간다, 또 보자.” – “I’m going, see you again” (informal).
- “저 갈게요, 또 봐요.” – “I’ll be going, see you again” (polite).

Question 462

Geunyeo gwaenchana
Jinjja molla
Jinjja bulla?

Answer 462

“그녀는 괜찮아요” (Geunyeoneun gwaenchanayo) means “She is okay” or “She is fine.”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 그녀 (geunyeo) – “She” (formal, not commonly used in casual speech; people tend to use names or titles instead of “he” or “she”).
- 는 (neun) – Subject marker.
- 괜찮아요 (gwaenchanayo) – “Is okay” or “Is fine” (polite form of 괜찮다).

In a more casual tone, you can say:
- “그녀는 괜찮아” (Geunyeoneun gwaenchanha) – “She’s okay.”
Here’s what the phrases mean:

1. 진짜 불러요? (Jinjja bullayo?) – “Are you really calling (me)?” or “Should I really call (someone)?”
   
   • 진짜 (jinjja) means “really.”
   • 불러요 (bullayo) is the polite form of 부르다 (bureuda), which means “to call” or “to sing.”
2. 진짜 몰라요. (Jinjja mollayo.) – “I really don’t know.”
   
   • 진짜 (jinjja) means “really.”
   • 몰라요 (mollayo) is the polite form of 모르다 (moreuda), which means “to not know.”

Both phrases use 진짜 (jinjja) to emphasize the statement, meaning “really” or “truly.”

Question 463

Masi eottae?
Meokja
Wa jinjja masitda!

Answer 463

The phrase you’re asking about would be more accurately written as:

“맛이 어때?” (Masi eottae?) – “How does it taste?” (informal)

Here’s the breakdown:
- 맛 (mas) – “taste” or “flavor.”
- 이 (i) – Subject marker.
- 어때? (eottae?) – “How is it?”

In a more polite form, you could say:
- “맛이 어때요?” (Masi eottaeyo?) – “How does it taste?” (polite)

This is a common way to ask someone their opinion on the taste of food.
Yes, “먹자” (meokja) means “Let’s eat!” in an informal way. It’s used among friends or people you’re comfortable with.

For a more polite way to say “Let’s eat,” you can use:
- “먹어요” (meog-eoyo) – This is still casual but polite.
- “식사합시다” (sigsahapsida) – A formal way to say “Let’s have a meal.”

So, “먹자” is great when you’re with close friends or family!
In Korean, the phrase “와 진짜 맛있다!” (Wa jinjja masitda!) means “Wow, it tastes really good!” or “Wow, it’s really delicious!”

Here’s the breakdown:
- 와 (wa) – “Wow.”
- 진짜 (jinjja) – “Really.”
- 맛있다 (masitda) – “Delicious” or “It tastes good.”

This is an informal way to express that something tastes really good. If you want to be more polite, you could say:

“와 진짜 맛있어요!” (Wa jinjja masisseoyo!) – “Wow, it’s really delicious!” (polite).

Question 464

Saenggakaebwa

Answer 464

“잘 생각해봐요” (Jal saenggakaebwayo) is the phrase you would use to say “Think about it carefully” in a polite manner.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 잘 (jal) – “Well” or “carefully.”
- 생각해봐요 (saenggakaebwayo) – “Think about it” (polite form of 생각하다 meaning “to think” and 보다 meaning “to try” or “to see”).

This phrase is used to encourage someone to consider something carefully before making a decision or taking action.

Question 465

Amuteun gamsahae, geureom jom galge.

Answer 465

The phrase “아무튼 감사합니다, 그럼 좀 갈게요” (Amuteun gamsahaeyo, geureom jom galgeyo) means “Anyway, thank you. Well then, I’ll go for now” in polite Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아무튼 (amuteun) – “Anyway” or “in any case.”
- 감사합니다 (gamsahaeyo) – “Thank you” (polite form).
- 그럼 (geureom) – “Well then” or “so.”
- 좀 (jom) – “A little” or “for a bit” (softens the statement).
- 갈게요 (galgeyo) – “I’ll go” (polite way to say you are leaving or going).

This phrase is useful when you want to thank someone and indicate that you are about to leave or finish a conversation.

Question 466

Ah, mullon

Answer 466

“아, 물론” (Ah, mullon) means “Oh, of course” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아 (ah) – An interjection similar to “Oh.”
- 물론 (mullon) – “Of course” or “certainly.”

It’s used to confirm or affirm something in a casual or slightly formal way.

Question 467

Byeonhosa
To call someone
Name- Han Yuri
HanByeon

Answer 467

“변호사” (byeonhosa) is the Korean word for “attorney” or “lawyer.”

• 변호사 (byeonhosa):
  
  • 변호 (byeonho) – “Defense” or “advocacy.”
  • 사 (sa) – “Person” or “professional.”

So, 변호사 literally means “defender” or “advocate” in a legal context.

Question 468

Jibe honja gago dwae

Answer 468

The phrase “집에 혼자 가도 돼” (Jibe honja gago dwae) means “I can go home myself” or “I’m allowed to go home by myself” in informal Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 집에 (jibe) – “To home” or “home.”
- 혼자 (honja) – “Alone” or “by myself.”
- 가도 (gado) – “Go” (with the meaning “even if I go” or “can go”).
- 돼 (dwae) – “Allowed” or “okay” (from 되다, meaning “to be allowed” or “to become”).

In a more formal context, you might say:
- “집에 혼자 가도 괜찮아요.” (Jibe honja gago gwaenchanhayo.) – “It’s okay if I go home by myself.”

Question 469

Ah, maja

Answer 469

“아, 맞아” (Ah, maja) is a common way to say “Ah, you’re right!” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 아 (ah) – An interjection similar to “Oh.”
- 맞아 (maja) – “You’re right” or “That’s correct.”

This phrase is used to acknowledge that someone’s statement is correct or to agree with what someone has said.

Question 470

Oraenmaniya
Jayurobge
Meogeobwa
Ga jusillae?
Nagajuseyo

Answer 470

The phrase “오랜만이야” (oraenmaniya) means “long time no see” or “it’s been a while,” but if you’re referring to “help yourself,” you might be thinking of:

• “자유롭게 드세요” (jayurobge deuseyo) – “Feel free to help yourself” or “Please help yourself” (polite).

Here’s the breakdown:
- 자유롭게 (jayurobge) – “Freely” or “at will.”
- 드세요 (deuseyo) – “Please eat” or “please help yourself” (polite form of 먹다 meaning “to eat” or “to take”).

In a more casual context, you could simply say:
- “먹어봐” (meogeobwa) – “Try some” or “Help yourself” (informal).
The phrase “가 주실래?” (ga jusillae?) is a polite way to ask “Could you leave?” or “Could you go?” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 가 (ga) – “Go” (imperative form).
- 주실래? (jusillae?) – “Would you (please)?” (polite form of the verb 주다, which means “to give”).

So, “가 주실래?” can be used to politely ask someone if they could leave or go. For a more direct and casual way, you could use:

• “나가 주세요” (nagajuseyo) – “Please go out” or “Please leave” (polite).

Question 471

Eomma, bap meokja! Sigan dwae?

Answer 471

“엄마, 밥 먹자! 시간 돼?” (Eomma, bap meokja! Sigan dwae?) translates to “Mom, let’s eat! Is there time?” or “Mom, let’s eat! Do you have time?” in informal Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 엄마 (eomma) – “Mom.”
- 밥 먹자 (bap meokja) – “Let’s eat” (informal; literally “let’s eat rice/meal”).
- 시간 (sigan) – “Time.”
- 돼 (dwae) – “Is okay” or “Do you have” (from 되다 meaning “to be okay” or “to become”).

This phrase is used to suggest eating together and check if there’s time for it.

Question 472

Apeuro jega jeoldae jibe ilhae
Apeuro jega jeoldae jibe galge

Answer 472

The phrase “앞으로 제가 절대 집에 일해” (Apeuro jega jeoldae jibe ilhae) translates to “From now on, I will definitely work at home” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 앞으로 (apeuro) – “From now on” or “in the future.”
- 제가 (jega) – “I” or “I will” (subject marker for the speaker).
- 절대 (jeoldae) – “Definitely” or “absolutely.”
- 집에 (jibe) – “At home” or “to home.”
- 일해 (ilhae) – “Work” (informal form of 일하다 meaning “to work”).

So, this phrase means you are stating that you will certainly be working from home from now on.
The phrase “앞으로 제가 절대 집에 갈게” (Apeuro jega jeoldae jibe galge) translates to “From now on, I will definitely go home” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 앞으로 (apeuro) – “From now on” or “in the future.”
- 제가 (jega) – “I” or “I will” (subject marker for the speaker).
- 절대 (jeoldae) – “Definitely” or “never” (depending on context; here it means “definitely”).
- 집에 (jibe) – “To home” or “home.”
- 갈게 (galge) – “I will go” (informal form of 가다 meaning “to go”).

This phrase expresses a firm intention to go home from now on.

Question 473

Gomapda, seonsaengnim
Dowajwoseo gomawo
Dowajwoseo gomapda
Dowajwoseo Gamsahaeyo
Dowajwoseo Gamsahamnida

Answer 473

“고맙다, 선생님” (Gomapda, seonsaengnim) means “Thank you, teacher” in Korean.

Here’s the breakdown:
- 고맙다 (gomapda) – “Thank you” (informal).
- 선생님 (seonsaengnim) – “Teacher” (a polite and respectful way to address a teacher or someone in a position of authority).

For a more polite form, you can say:
- “감사합니다, 선생님” (Gamsahamnida, seonsaengnim) – “Thank you, teacher” (more formal and polite).
“고맙다” (gomapda) and “고마워” (gomawo) both mean “thank you” in Korean, but they are used in slightly different contexts:

1. “고맙다” (gomapda):
   
   • 고맙다 is a standard way to say “thank you” and is used in both informal and formal settings. It can be used in writing or speaking when you want to express gratitude.
   • It is often used in more formal or polite contexts compared to “고마워”.
   • Example: “도와줘서 고맙다.” (Dowajwoseo gomapda.) – “Thank you for helping.”
2. “고마워” (gomawo):
   
   • 고마워 is the informal, casual way to say “thank you.” It is typically used with friends, family, or people you are close to.
   • It is less formal and can come across as more personal or familiar.
   • Example: “도와줘서 고마워.” (Dowajwoseo gomawo.) – “Thanks for helping.”

In summary, “고맙다” is more versatile and can be used in various contexts, including formal situations, while “고마워” is specifically informal and used in casual conversations.

Question 474

Deo geureonya? Eoptago!
Jeoldae an dwae! Jinjjaya?

Answer 474

Here’s a breakdown of the phrases you’ve mentioned:

1. “더 그러냐? 없다고!” (Deo geureonya? Eoptago!):
   
   • 더 (deo) – “More” or “further.”
   • 그러냐? (geureonya?) – “Is it like that?” or “Are you doing that?”
   • 없다고 (eoptago) – “It doesn’t exist” or “It’s not there.”
   This phrase can be interpreted as “Is it still like that? It’s not true!” or “Is that really the case? It doesn’t exist!” depending on the context.
2. “절대 안 돼! 진짜야?” (Jeoldae an dwae! Jinjjaya?):
   
   • 절대 (jeoldae) – “Absolutely” or “never” (depending on context; here it means “no way”).
   • 안 돼 (an dwae) – “It’s not allowed” or “It’s not okay.”
   • 진짜야? (jinjjaya?) – “Is it true?” or “Really?”
   This translates to “No way! Are you serious?” or “Absolutely not! Is it really true?”

So, these phrases are used to express disbelief or strong reaction to something, questioning its validity.

Question 475

What are these ending words mean?
Sinikka in oebseosinikka or
Nikka in doesibnikka
Go in eoptago
Yeon in Simyeon or hamyeon
Kka- silkka or Geureolkka or doelkka
Geoya- anigeoya
Ga in hanaga or eommaga or chinguga

Answer 475

Here’s an explanation of each of these ending words and particles:

1. -니까 (nikka):
   
   • Used to form questions or provide reasons. It can be translated as “because” or “so” in English.
   • “없으니까” (eopseunikka) – “Because [it] doesn’t exist.”
   • “도시입니까?” (dosibnikka?) – “Is it a city?” (asking for confirmation).
2. -고 (go):
   
   • This particle is used to connect actions or states. It can mean “and” or “while” when listing actions.
   • “가고” (gago) – “And go” or “going.”
3. -연 (yeon):
   
   • This suffix is used in expressions to denote conditions or possibilities.
   • **“시면” (simyeon) – “If [you] do [it]” (e.g., “자면” (sleep) – “If [you] sleep”).
   • **“하면” (hamyeon) – “If [you] do [it]” (e.g., “보면” (look) – “If [you] see”).
4. -까 (kka):
   
   • Used to form questions or to make a suggestion. It can mean “or not” or “shall [we]?”
   • **“실까?” (silkka?) – “Shall [we] do it?” or “Is it possible?”
   • **“그럴까?” (geureolkka?) – “Shall we do that?” or “Is it like that?”
   • “될까?” *(doelkk?) – “Will it be possible?” or “Shall it be?”
5. -거야 (geoya):
   
   • This ending expresses certainty or determination. It is often used to indicate a conclusion or future action.
   • **“아니거야” (anigeoya) – “It is not” or “No, it is not.”
6. -가 (ga):
   
   • Used as a subject marker in informal speech. It indicates the subject of a sentence.
   • **“하나가” (hanaga) – “One [thing] is” or “One [thing] is the subject.”
   • **“엄마가” (eommaga) – “Mom is” (subject of the sentence).
   • **“친구가” (chinguga) – “Friend is” (subject of the sentence).

These endings and particles are crucial in forming various grammatical structures and nuances in Korean sentences.

Question 476

Geurae, deudieo!
Geurae, deudieo uri timi igyeotda!
Geurae, deudieo siheomi kkeutnasseo!
Geurae, deudieo nega watguna!

Answer 476

It looks like you’re combining some Korean words again! Here’s a breakdown:

• Geurae (그래) means “Yes” or “Okay.”
• Dodeo (도데) is not a standard Korean word, but I think you’re aiming for “드디어” (deudieo), which means “finally.”

So, if you want to say “Yes, finally,” you can say:

• Geurae, deudieo! (그래, 드디어!) – “Yes, finally!”

This phrase would work perfectly in a moment of relief or excitement.
Here are some sample sentences using Geurae, deudieo! (그래, 드디어!):

1. 그래, 드디어 우리 팀이 이겼다!
   Geurae, deudieo uri timi igyeotda!
   “Yes, finally our team won!”
2. 그래, 드디어 시험이 끝났어!
   Geurae, deudieo siheomi kkeutnasseo!
   “Yes, finally the exam is over!”
3. 그래, 드디어 네가 왔구나!
   Geurae, deudieo nega watguna!
   “Yes, finally you’ve arrived!”

This phrase conveys a sense of relief or excitement after a long wait!

Question 477

Jibe isseyo?
Annyeonghaseyo! Jibe isseoyo?

Answer 477

If you want to say “Is anyone home?” in Korean, you can say:

• Jibe isseyo? (집에 있어요?) – “Is anyone home?” or “Are you home?”

Alternatively, you could use a polite greeting when arriving at someone’s house:

• Annyeonghaseyo! Jibe isseoyo? (안녕하세요! 집에 있어요?) – “Hello! Is anyone home?”

Let me know if this fits what you were looking for!

Question 478

Samsip
Sam baek

Answer 478

In Korean, samsip (삼십) means “30,” and sam baek (삼백) means “300.”

• Samsip (삼십) = 30
• Sam baek (삼백) = 300

If you’re referring to the number 300, you’d use sam baek (삼백).

Let me know if you’d like more number translations!

Question 479

Eodiesilkka? Jigeum manna
Eodiya? Jigeum mannaja

Answer 479

“Eodiesilkka? Jigeum manna” can be interpreted as a playful way of asking where someone is and suggesting to meet right now. Let’s break it down:

• Eodiesilkka? (어디에실까?) – “Where could you be?” (The structure is a bit casual or imaginative.)
• Jigeum manna (지금 만나) – “Let’s meet now.”

It seems like you’re asking “Where are you? Let’s meet now.” A slightly refined version would be:

• Eodiya? Jigeum mannaja (어디야? 지금 만나자) – “Where are you? Let’s meet now.”

This is a casual and fun way to ask to meet up with someone!

Question 480

Eoryeo
seobuteo
Eolyeoseobuteo
Geunyeoneun eolyeoseobuteo yeppoyo

Answer 480

It seems you’re combining some Korean words, but “Eoreulte boto” isn’t quite right for “since she was young.” Let me help correct that!

To say “since she was young,” you would say:

• Eolyeoseobuteo (어렸을 때부터) – “Since she was young.”
• Eoryeo (어려) means “young.”
• -seobuteo (서부터) means “from” or “since.”

So, the full phrase would be “Eolyeoseobuteo” for “since she was young.”

Example sentence:
- Geunyeoneun eolyeoseobuteo yeppoyo (그녀는 어렸을 때부터 예뻐요) – “She has been pretty since she was young.”

Question 481

Mianhaedago
Mianhaedago haesseo

Answer 481

“Mianhaedago” (미안하다고) is a form of 미안하다 (mianhada), which means “to be sorry.”

The -dago (다고) part is used to quote or report what someone said. So, mianhaedago means “I said I’m sorry” or “someone said they’re sorry.”

In short, -dago is a quoting particle used to indicate that something is being reported or repeated.

Example:
- Mianhaedago haesseo (미안하다고 했어) – “I said I’m sorry.”

Question 482

Mianhaedago
Mianhaedago haesseo

Answer 482

“Mianhaedago” (미안하다고) is a form of 미안하다 (mianhada), which means “to be sorry.”

The -dago (다고) part is used to quote or report what someone said. So, mianhaedago means “I said I’m sorry” or “someone said they’re sorry.”

In short, -dago is a quoting particle used to indicate that something is being reported or repeated.

Example:
- Mianhaedago haesseo (미안하다고 했어) – “I said I’m sorry.”

Question 483

Deulinda
Nappun gamsaega deulinda
Nollawo
Nollan da

Answer 483

“Deulinda” (들린다) means “I hear” or “It sounds like.”

If you want to say “I’m nervous” in Korean, you could say:

• Nappun gamsaega deulinda (나쁜 감새가 들린다) – “I hear bad feelings” or “I feel something bad.”

Alternatively, if you want to directly say “I’m nervous,” you can use:

• Nollawo (놀라워) – “I’m surprised” (can be used as “I’m nervous”).
• Nollan da (놀란다) – “I am scared/nervous.”

Let me know if you’re going for a certain tone or context!

Question 484

Haji ma, jinjja
Haji bayeo

Answer 484

Haha, this is fun! The phrase “Haji bayeo, Jinjja” seems to mix a bit of creativity with actual Korean.

• Haji bayeo (하지 바여) – This doesn’t quite make sense in Korean as it stands, but I think you might be going for “하지 마” (Haji ma), which means “Don’t do it.”
• Jinjja (진짜) – “Really” or “Seriously.”

So if you meant something like “Don’t do it, seriously,” it would be:

• Haji ma, jinjja (하지 마, 진짜).

It’s a phrase that could be used playfully or in an exasperated tone when you’re telling someone not to do something!

Question 485

Jalmothaesseoyo

Answer 485

It seems like you’re trying to express “I did a wrong thing” with motiseyo, but the correct way to say it would be slightly different. Here’s how you can express that:

• 잘못했어요 (Jalmothaesseoyo) – “I did something wrong” or “I made a mistake.”

Here’s a breakdown:
- Jalmot (잘못) means “wrong” or “mistake.”
- Haesseoyo (했어요) means “did” (in polite form).

So, Jalmothaesseoyo (잘못했어요) means “I did a wrong thing” or simply “I made a mistake.”

Question 486

Moreugesseo
Moreugeneunde
Moreuguessdamyeon

Answer 486

Here’s the breakdown for these phrases:

1. Moreugesseo (모르겠어) – “I don’t know” (informal).
   
   • Moreuda (모르다) means “to not know,” and -gesseo (겠어) adds a sense of uncertainty, like “I don’t think I know” or “I don’t know.”
2. Moreugeneunde (모르겠는데) – “I don’t know, but…” or “I’m not sure, but…”
   
   • The -neunde (는데) ending indicates that you’re about to add more information or an explanation after saying “I don’t know.”
3. Moreuguessdamyeon (모르겠다면) – “If you say you don’t know” or “If you don’t know.”
   
   • -damyeon (다면) is used to express a conditional statement, like “if.”

So:

• Moreugesseo – “I don’t know.”
• Moreugeneunde – “I don’t know, but…” or “I’m not sure, but…”
• Moreuguessdamyeon – “If you say you don’t know” or “If you don’t know.”

These are useful for casual conversation when you’re uncertain about something!

Question 487

Hagin, ne mari maja
Hagin, geu sarameun hangsang bappa.
Hagin, geugeon jeongmal eoryeoun munjeya

Answer 487

Hagin (하긴) is a casual expression that can be translated as “true” or “that’s right,” but it’s often used more like “Well, yeah…” or “Now that I think about it…” It acknowledges agreement or concedes a point in a conversation. Here are some examples:

1. 하긴, 네 말이 맞아.
   Hagin, ne mari maja.
   “Well, yeah, you’re right.”
2. 하긴, 그 사람은 항상 바빠.
   Hagin, geu sarameun hangsang bappa.
   “True, that person is always busy.”
3. 하긴, 그건 정말 어려운 문제야.
   Hagin, geugeon jeongmal eoryeoun munjeya.
   “Well, yeah, that’s a really tough problem.”

In conversation, hagin often implies you’re agreeing with someone after thinking about what they said. It can be used in casual contexts to add a thoughtful tone.

Question 488

Wa! Jal jinae
Wa! Yeogi johda
Wa! Yeogi jeongmal johda
Wa! Yeogi bunwigi johne
Wa! Yeogi neomu yeppeuda

Answer 488

Here’s how you can express “Wow! It’s nice here” in Korean:

• Wa! Jal jinae (와! 잘 지내) – This literally means “Wow! You’re doing well,” but for “Wow! It’s nice here,” we would phrase it a bit differently.

To say “Wow! It’s nice here,” you can use:

• Wa! Yeogi johda (와! 여기 좋다) – “Wow! It’s nice here.”

1. 와! 여기 정말 좋다.
   Wa! Yeogi jeongmal johda.
   “Wow! It’s really nice here.”
2. 와! 여기 분위기 좋네.
   Wa! Yeogi bunwigi johne.
   “Wow! The atmosphere here is nice.”
3. 와! 여기 너무 예쁘다.
   Wa! Yeogi neomu yeppeuda.
   “Wow! It’s so beautiful here.”

This phrase is great for expressing excitement or admiration when you’re impressed by a place!

Question 489

Geumanhe malgo
Dameotda geumanhae
Jiseongjeollyeogeun geumanhae
Jibe gaji malgo yeonghwa boja
Sagwa malgo banana juseyo
Naega sagwahalkke
Sagwareul meokgo sipeo

Answer 489

To say “Stop talking nonsense” in Korean, you can phrase it as:

• Geumanhe malgo (그만해 말고) – While geumanhae (그만해) means “stop,” the phrase doesn’t exactly mean “stop talking nonsense.”

A more accurate way to say “Stop talking nonsense” would be:

• Dameotda geumanhae (다멋다 그만해) – “Stop talking nonsense.”

Alternatively:
- Jiseongjeollyeogeun geumanhae (지성적이게 그만해) – “Stop being silly and irrational.”
Malgo (말고) in Korean means “instead of” or “not this, but that.” It’s used to indicate a choice or preference between two things. It doesn’t mean “nonsense” by itself.

1. 사과 말고 바나나 주세요.
   Sagwa malgo banana juseyo.
   “Not an apple, but please give me a banana.”
2. 집에 가지 말고 영화 보자.
   Jibe gaji malgo yeonghwa boja.
   “Instead of going home, let’s watch a movie.”

In short, malgo is used to say “not this, but that” or “instead of,” and doesn’t relate to “nonsense.” For “stop talking nonsense,” you’d use different words as explained earlier.
Yes, you’re right! Sagwa (사과) has two meanings in Korean, depending on the context:

1. Sagwa (사과) – Apple (the fruit).
2. Sagwa (사과) – Apology or to apologize.

When used as a verb, 사과하다 (sagwahada) means “to apologize.”

1. 사과를 먹고 싶어.
   Sagwareul meokgo sipeo.
   “I want to eat an apple.”
2. 내가 사과할게.
   Naega sagwahalkke.
   “I will apologize.”

So yes, sagwa can mean both “apple” and “apology,” depending on the context!

Question 490

Nado nollaseo!
Nado nollaseo sori jilleosseo!
Nado nollaseo amu maldo mot haesseo.
Nado nollaseo sungan meomchwosseo

Answer 490

Nado nollaseo! (나도 놀라서!) means “I was surprised too!” or “I was shocked too!”

Here’s a breakdown:
- Nado (나도) – “Me too” or “I also.”
- Nollaseo (놀라서) – “Because I was surprised” or “Since I was surprised.”

1. 나도 놀라서 소리 질렀어!
   Nado nollaseo sori jilleosseo!
   “I was surprised too, so I screamed!”
2. 나도 놀라서 아무 말도 못 했어.
   Nado nollaseo amu maldo mot haesseo.
   “I was so surprised too that I couldn’t say anything.”
3. 나도 놀라서 순간 멈췄어.
   Nado nollaseo sungan meomchwosseo.
   “I was surprised too, and I froze for a moment.”

This phrase is great for expressing shared surprise or shock!

Question 491

Neoui yeohaengeun jal gatgetda
Hoeineun jal gatgetda saenggakhae
Peurojekteuga jal gatgetda

Answer 491

Jal gaetta (잘 갔따) is not a standard phrase. However, it seems like you might be thinking of 잘 갔겠다 (jal gatgetda), which can mean “It must have gone well” or “I assume it went well.”

Here’s a breakdown:
- Jal (잘) – “Well.”
- Gatgetda (갔겠다) – “Must have gone” (used to make assumptions or guesses about the past).

1. 너의 여행은 잘 갔겠다.
   Neoui yeohaengeun jal gatgetda.
   “Your trip must have gone well.”
2. 회의는 잘 갔겠다 생각해.
   Hoeineun jal gatgetda saenggakhae.
   “I think the meeting must have gone well.”
3. 프로젝트가 잘 갔겠다.
   Peurojekteuga jal gatgetda.
   “The project must have gone well.”

This phrase is typically used when you assume or guess that something went well, even though you may not have firsthand knowledge.

Question 492

Haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune

Haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune, geunyang bogoman isseodo joa.

Oneul haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune

Answer 492

The phrase “Haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune” (하늘은 쓸데 없이 예쁘네) translates to “The sky is so pretty for no reason” in English.

Here’s a breakdown of the phrase:

• Haneureun (하늘은) – “The sky.”
• Seulte eopsi (쓸데 없이) – “For no reason” or “needlessly” (literally, “without purpose”).
• Yeppeune (예쁘네) – “Is pretty” (expressing an observation).

1. 하늘은 쓸데 없이 예쁘네, 그냥 보고만 있어도 좋아.
   Haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune, geunyang bogoman isseodo joa.
   “The sky is so pretty for no reason, just looking at it makes me feel good.”
2. 오늘 하늘은 쓸데 없이 예쁘네.
   Oneul haneureun seulte eopsi yeppeune.
   “The sky is needlessly pretty today.”

This phrase has a poetic tone, as if you’re admiring the beauty of the sky even though there’s no specific reason for it to be so beautiful.

Question 493

Geurigo sasireun… neoga narang yeonrakhaneun geol an joahaneun jul arasseo.

Geurigo sasireun, neoga narang yeonrakhaneun geol an joahaneun jul arasseo

Sasireun, neoga narang yeonrakeul an hago sipeohaneun jul arasseo

Answer 493

To express “And actually… I thought you don’t like staying in touch with me” in Korean, you could say:

• 그리고 사실은… 너가 나랑 연락하는 걸 안 좋아하는 줄 알았어.
  Geurigo sasireun… neoga narang yeonrakhaneun geol an joahaneun jul arasseo.

Here’s a breakdown of the sentence:

• Geurigo (그리고) – “And.”
• Sasireun (사실은) – “Actually…”
• Neoga (너가) – “You” (subject).
• Narang (나랑) – “With me.”
• Yeonrakhaneun geol (연락하는 걸) – “Staying in touch” or “contacting.”
• An joahaneun jul arasseo (안 좋아하는 줄 알았어) – “I thought you didn’t like.”

1. 그리고 사실은, 너가 나랑 연락하는 걸 안 좋아하는 줄 알았어.
   Geurigo sasireun, neoga narang yeonrakhaneun geol an joahaneun jul arasseo.
   “And actually, I thought you didn’t like staying in touch with me.”
2. 사실은, 너가 나랑 연락을 안 하고 싶어하는 줄 알았어.
   Sasireun, neoga narang yeonrakeul an hago sipeohaneun jul arasseo.
   “Actually, I thought you didn’t want to keep in touch with me.”

This conveys a thoughtful and reflective sentiment.

Question 494

I sasileul algo issseumnikka?
Geuga eodi inneunji algo issseumnikka?

Answer 494

Algoisseumnikka (알고있습니까?) means “Do you know?” or “Are you aware?” in a formal or polite way.

• Al (알) – “Know.”
• -go (고) – Connecting particle.
• Issseumnikka (있습니까?) – A formal interrogative ending, meaning “do you have” or “are you (doing something)?”

1. 이 사실을 알고 있습니까?
   I sasileul algo issseumnikka?
   “Are you aware of this fact?”
2. 그가 어디 있는지 알고 있습니까?
   Geuga eodi inneunji algo issseumnikka?
   “Do you know where he is?”

This phrase is typically used in formal situations when asking if someone knows or is aware of something.

Question 495

Geunyeoga nareul silheohaedo gwaenchanheul jul arassneunde, isanghago seulpeo

Geunyeoga nareul silheohaedo gwaenchanheul jul arassneunde, isanghago seulpeo

Seoro datugo naseo geuge isanghage neukkyeojigo seulpeo

Answer 495

The phrase “Da seolgeu seoreupda” (다 서럽다) translates to “It’s all so sad” or “Everything feels so sad.” It expresses a deep sense of sadness or melancholy.

To express “I thought it would be okay if she hated me. But it feels strange and sad” in Korean, you could say:

• “그녀가 나를 싫어해도 괜찮을 줄 알았는데, 이상하고 슬퍼.”
  “Geunyeoga nareul silheohaedo gwaenchanheul jul arassneunde, isanghago seulpeo.”

Here’s a breakdown:

• Geunyeoga (그녀가) – “She” (subject).
• Nareul (나를) – “Me” (object).
• Silheohaedo (싫어해도) – “Even if (she) hates.”
• Gwaenchanheul jul arassneunde (괜찮을 줄 알았는데) – “I thought it would be okay, but…”
• Isanghago (이상하고) – “It feels strange.”
• Seulpeo (슬퍼) – “Sad.”

1. 그녀가 나를 싫어해도 괜찮을 줄 알았는데, 이상하고 슬퍼.
   Geunyeoga nareul silheohaedo gwaenchanheul jul arassneunde, isanghago seulpeo.
   “I thought it would be okay if she hated me, but it feels strange and sad.”
2. 서로 다투고 나서 그게 이상하게 느껴지고 슬퍼.
   Seoro datugo naseo geuge isanghage neukkyeojigo seulpeo.
   “After we argued, it feels strange and sad.”

This expresses the emotional complexity of feeling unexpectedly hurt or sad about someone’s feelings towards you.

Question 496

Hoeuineun wol-yo-il isseumnida

Wol-yo-ileneun jaega siganeul nael su isseumnida.

Wol-yo-il-e boepgetseumnida

Answer 496

Wol-yo-il isseumnida (월요일 있습니다) means “It is Monday” or “It is on Monday” in a formal or polite context.

Here’s a breakdown:

• Wol-yo-il (월요일) – “Monday.”
• Isseumnida (있습니다) – “It is” or “There is.”

1. 회의는 월요일 있습니다.
   Hoeuineun wol-yo-il isseumnida.
   “The meeting is on Monday.”
2. 월요일에는 제가 시간을 낼 수 있습니다.
   Wol-yo-ileneun jaega siganeul nael su isseumnida.
   “I can make time on Monday.”

This phrase is used to indicate the day of the week or to confirm that something is scheduled for Monday.
To say “I’ll see you on Monday” in Korean, you can use:

• 월요일에 뵙겠습니다.
  Wol-yo-il-e boepgetseumnida.

Here’s a breakdown:

• Wol-yo-il-e (월요일에) – “On Monday.”
• Boepgetseumnida (뵙겠습니다) – “I will see you” (a polite and formal way to say this).

• 월요일에 뵙겠습니다.
  Wol-yo-il-e boepgetseumnida.
  “I’ll see you on Monday.”

This phrase is used in formal or polite contexts to indicate a planned meeting on Monday.

Question 497

Jeoneun meokgo sipeunde, baegopji anayo.

Answer 497

For “Jeoneun meokja sip-eunde ani baeopa” (저는 먹자 싶은데 아니 배고파), here’s the correct translation and explanation:

• Jeoneun (저는) – “I” (subject marker).
• Meokja sip-eunde (먹자 싶은데) – “Want to eat, but…” or “I feel like eating, but…”
• Ani baeopa (아니 배고파) – “But I’m not hungry” (although it’s not standard and more commonly, it should be phrased differently for clarity).

The sentence is a bit unclear, but it seems you’re trying to say:

“I feel like eating, but I’m not actually hungry.”

A clearer way to say this in Korean would be:

• “저는 먹고 싶은데, 배고프지 않아요.”
  “Jeoneun meokgo sipeunde, baegopji anayo.”
  “I feel like eating, but I’m not actually hungry.”

This expresses that you have the desire to eat, but you’re not physically hungry.

Question 498

Geureol jul arassneunde, ani geodeun.
Geu ireun byeollo jungyoaji anha, ani geodeun.
Sasil byeollo keunil anigeodeun

Answer 498

3. Ani geodeun (아니 거든) – This could be an attempt to say “아니 거든” (ani geodeun), where “거든” (geodeun) is used to explain or give context. It can translate to “because” or “you see,” used to provide an explanation.

• “그럴 줄 알았는데, 아니 거든.”
  “Geureol jul arassneunde, ani geodeun.”
  “I thought it would be like that, but actually…”

• “아니 거든” can be used to explain why something is different from what was expected or to clarify a point.

“Ani geodeun” (아니 거든) can indeed be used to mean “It’s nothing” or “It’s not a big deal.” The phrase “거든” (geodeun) is often used to provide context or explanation, and in this case, it emphasizes that the matter at hand is insignificant.

1. “그 일은 별로 중요하지 않아, 아니 거든.”
   “Geu ireun byeollo jungyoaji anha, ani geodeun.”
   “That matter isn’t very important; it’s nothing.”
2. “사실 별로 큰일 아니거든.”
   “Sasil byeollo keunil anigeodeun.”
   “Actually, it’s not a big deal.”

In these contexts, “ani geodeun” helps to downplay the significance of something, indicating that it’s not worth worrying about.

Question 499

Chingu animyeon, yeojachingu?

Geu sarami nuguya? Chingu animyeon yeojachingu?

I sarameun nuguya? Chingu animyeon yeojachinguya?

Answer 499

In Korean, “Nugu?” (누구?) means “Who?”

If you want to clarify or ask further, you could use:

• “Chingu animyeon, yeojachingu?” (친구 아니면, 여자친구?)
  “If not a friend, then a girlfriend?”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Chingu (친구) – “Friend.”
• Animyeon (아니면) – “If not” or “otherwise.”
• Yeojachingu (여자친구) – “Girlfriend.”

1. “그 사람이 누구야? 친구 아니면 여자친구?”
   “Geu sarami nuguya? Chingu animyeon yeojachingu?”
   “Who is that person? If not a friend, then a girlfriend?”
2. “이 사람은 누구야? 친구 아니면 여자친구야?”
   “I sarameun nuguya? Chingu animyeon yeojachinguya?”
   “Who is this person? Are they a friend or a girlfriend?”

This helps in distinguishing the relationship or identifying someone in a conversation.

Question 500

Amuteun dwaesseo
Amuteun dwaesseo, ije singyeong sseuji ma.
Geu ireun amuteun dwaesseo, neomeogaja

Answer 500

“Amuteun dwaesseo” (아무튼 됐어) translates to “Anyway, it’s fine” or “Anyway, it’s okay” in English.

Here’s a breakdown:

• Amuteun (아무튼) – “Anyway” or “regardless.”
• Dwaesseo (됐어) – “It’s fine” or “It’s okay” (past tense of 되다, meaning “to be okay”).

1. “아무튼 됐어, 이제 신경 쓰지 마.”
   “Amuteun dwaesseo, ije singyeong sseuji ma.”
   “Anyway, it’s fine. Don’t worry about it now.”
2. “그 일은 아무튼 됐어, 넘어가자.”
   “Geu ireun amuteun dwaesseo, neomeogaja.”
   “That matter is fine anyway; let’s move on.”

This phrase is used to indicate that something is acceptable or resolved, and you want to move past it.

Question 501

Igeosi joeun aideurago saenggakaji anha? An geurae?

Geuneun jeongmal chinjeolhae. An geurae?

Answer 501

“An geurae?” (안 그래?) translates to “Don’t you think so?” or “Isn’t that right?”

Here’s a breakdown:

• An (안) – “Not” or “don’t.”
• Geurae (그래) – “Right” or “correct.”

1. “이것이 좋은 아이디어라고 생각하지 않아? 안 그래?”
   “Igeosi joeun aideurago saenggakaji anha? An geurae?”
   “Don’t you think this is a good idea? Isn’t that right?”
2. “그는 정말 친절해. 안 그래?”
   “Geuneun jeongmal chinjeolhae. An geurae?”
   “He is really kind. Don’t you think so?”

This phrase is used to confirm agreement or seek validation from the listener.

Question 502

Dasi mannassne

Uriga dasi mannassne

Answer 502

correct phrase for “We met again” would be:

• “다시 만났네”
  “Dasi mannassne.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Dasi (다시) – “Again.”
• Mannassne (만났네) – “We met” (casual form).

• “우리가 다시 만났네.”
  “Uriga dasi mannassne.”
  “We met again.”

This phrase is used to express that you have encountered someone once more after a previous meeting.

Question 503

Aniya, gwaenchanha. Geongjeonghaji ma.

Aniya, geuttae gwaenchanhasseo

Answer 503

“Aniya geuttae” (아니야 그때) translates to “No, at that time” or “No, back then” in English. It seems like you’re trying to say “No, I’m fine” but in a way that references a past time or situation.

A more accurate way to say “No, I’m fine” in Korean is:

• “아니야, 괜찮아.”
  “Aniya, gwaenchanha.”

Here’s a breakdown:

• Aniya (아니야) – “No” (informal).
• Gwaenchanha (괜찮아) – “I’m fine” or “It’s okay” (informal).

1. “아니야, 괜찮아. 걱정하지 마.”
   “Aniya, gwaenchanha. Geongjeonghaji ma.”
   “No, I’m fine. Don’t worry.”
2. “아니야, 그때 괜찮았어.”
   “Aniya, geuttae gwaenchanhasseo.”
   “No, I was fine back then.”

This phrase reassures someone that you are okay or that there is no problem.

Question 504

Jaim eopgeodeun

Naega jaim eopgeodeun, geongjeonghaji ma

Jaim eopgeodeun i ire daehae deo yeonseuphaebwaya hae

Answer 504

“자임 없거든” (jaim eopgeodeun), which can be understood as “There is no self-confidence” or “I’m lacking self-confidence.”

Here’s a breakdown:

• Jaim (자임) – “Self-confidence” or “self-assurance.”
• Eopgeodeun (없거든) – “There is none” or “lacking.”

1. “내가 자임 없거든, 걱정하지 마.”
   “Naega jaim eopgeodeun, geongjeonghaji ma.”
   “I lack self-confidence, so don’t worry.”
2. “자임 없거든 이 일에 대해 더 연습해봐야 해.”
   “Jaim eopgeodeun i ire daehae deo yeonseuphaebwaya hae.”
   “If you lack self-confidence, you need to practice more for this task.”

This phrase is used to express a lack of self-confidence or assurance in oneself.

Question 505

Igeoseun dubeonjjae sidoimnida

Dubeon jjae mannamineyo

Answer 505

The terms “dubeonjjae” (두번째) and “dubeonae” (두번째) are both related to the concept of “second” but are used in slightly different contexts:

1. Dubeonjjae (두번째) – “Second” or “The second time” in a sequence or list.
   • “이것은 두번째 시도입니다.”
     “Igeoseun dubeonjjae sidoimnida.”
     “This is the second attempt.”
2. Dubeonae (두번째) – This is less common but can also mean “The second time” or “second occurrence.” The more standard form is “두 번째” (dubeo je).
   • “두번째 만남이네요.”
     “Dubeon jjae mannamineyo.”
     “It’s our second meeting.”

In general usage, “두 번째” (dubeo je) is more common for saying “second” in various contexts. “두 번째” is typically preferred for general use and formal writing, while “두번째” might be encountered in spoken or informal contexts.

Question 506

Jigeumeun bappeunikka najunge haeboja.”

Najunge haeboja, ajik junbiga an dwaesseo

Najunge iyagihaja
Hal mari isseunikka najunge iyagihaja.

Jigeumeun bappeunikka najunge iyagihaja

Answer 506

“Najunge haeboja” (나중에 해보자) translates to “Let’s try it later” in English.

Here’s the breakdown:

• Najunge (나중에) – “Later.”
• Haeboja (해보자) – “Let’s try” or “Let’s do.”

1. “지금은 바쁘니까 나중에 해보자.”
   “Jigeumeun bappeunikka najunge haeboja.”
   “We’re busy now, so let’s try it later.”
2. “나중에 해보자, 아직 준비가 안 됐어.”
   “Najunge haeboja, ajik junbiga an dwaesseo.”
   “Let’s try it later, we’re not ready yet.”

This phrase is used when suggesting to postpone trying or doing something to a later time.
To say “Let’s have a talk later” in Korean, you can use:

• “나중에 이야기하자.”
  “Najunge iyagihaja.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Najunge (나중에) – “Later.”
• Iyagihaja (이야기하자) – “Let’s talk.”

1. “지금은 바쁘니까 나중에 이야기하자.”
   “Jigeumeun bappeunikka najunge iyagihaja.”
   “We’re busy now, so let’s talk later.”
2. “할 말이 있으니까 나중에 이야기하자.”
   “Hal mari isseunikka najunge iyagihaja.”
   “I have something to say, so let’s talk later.”

This phrase is used when suggesting to postpone a conversation to a later time.

Question 507

Deoneun
Deoneun mot hagesso

Neo-do
Neo-do jal jinae!

Dangsin-do haengbokhaseyo

Answer 507

The phrase “Deoneun” (더는) does not mean “you too.”

• “Deoneun” (더는) actually means “no more” or “any longer.” It’s used to indicate the cessation of something.

For example:
- “더는 못 하겠어.”
“Deoneun mot hagesso.”
“I can’t do it anymore.”

If you want to say “You too” in Korean, the correct phrase is:

• “너도” (Neo-do) in informal speech.
• “당신도” (Dangsin-do) in formal speech.

1. “너도 잘 지내!”
   “Neo-do jal jinae!”
   “You too, take care!”
2. “당신도 행복하세요.”
   “Dangsin-do haengbokhaseyo.”
   “You too, be happy.”

So, “deoneun” and “you too” (너도/당신도) have very different meanings.

Question 508

Uri hambeogeu gage gaseo mwo meog-eobolkka?
Geurae, haeboja
Geureom galge, najunge boja

Answer 508

Here’s a breakdown and translation for each phrase:

1. Haeboja (해보자) – “Let’s try it” or “Let’s do it.”
2. Hambeokgage (햄버거가게) – This means “Burger place” or “Hamburger shop.”
   
   • 햄버거 (hambeogeu) – “Hamburger.”
   • 가게 (gage) – “Shop” or “store.”
3. Geureom galge, Najunge boja (그럼 갈게, 나중에 보자) – “Then I’ll go, see you later.”

• “Let’s try it.”
• “Burger place.”
• “Then I’ll go, see you later.”

• A: “우리 햄버거 가게 가서 뭐 먹어볼까?”
  (“Uri hambeogeu gage gaseo mwo meog-eobolkka?” – “Shall we try something at the burger place?”)
• B: “그래, 해보자.”
  (“Geurae, haeboja.” – “Sure, let’s try it.”)
• A: “그럼 갈게, 나중에 보자.”
  (“Geureom galge, najunge boja.” – “Then I’ll go, see you later.”)

This conversation involves trying something at a burger place and then parting ways with a promise to meet later.

Question 509

An itchana, igeo boji mallago haessjana!

Answer 509

To say “I told you not to look at this!” in Korean, you can use:

• “안 있잖아, 이거 보지 말라고 했잖아!”
  “An itchana, igeo boji mallago haessjana!”

Here’s the breakdown:

• An itchana (안 있잖아) – This is a casual phrase meaning something like “I told you” or “Didn’t I tell you?” It’s often used to express frustration or remind someone.
• Igeo (이거) – “This.”
• Boji mallago (보지 말라고) – “Not to look.”
• Haessjana (했잖아) – “I told you” or “I said.”

• “안 있잖아, 이거 보지 말라고 했잖아!”
  “I told you not to look at this!”

This phrase is commonly used to emphasize that you’ve already warned someone or given instructions, but they didn’t follow it.

Question 510

Deo geureoke saenggakae? Jeongmal uriga igeol gyeokkeul georago saenggakae?

Answer 510

To say “Do you really think we’ll go through this?” in Korean, you could say:

• “더 그렇게 생각해? 정말 우리가 이걸 겪을 거라고 생각해?”
  “Deo geureoke saenggakae? Jeongmal uriga igeol gyeokkeul georago saenggakae?”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Deo geureoke saenggakae (더 그렇게 생각해) – “Do you still think like that?” or “Do you really think so?”
• Jeongmal (정말) – “Really.”
• Uriga (우리가) – “We.”
• Igeol (이걸) – “This” (object form of 이거).
• Gyeokkeul georago (겪을 거라고) – “That we’ll go through” or “that we’ll endure.”
• Saenggakae (생각해) – “Think.”

• “더 그렇게 생각해? 정말 우리가 이걸 겪을 거라고 생각해?”
  “Do you still think like that? Do you really think we’ll go through this?”

This phrase expresses doubt or disbelief, questioning whether the other person truly believes they can get through a difficult situation.

Question 511

Ujimalgo, yeope isseulge

Answer 511

To say “Don’t cry, I’ll be by your side” in Korean, you can use:

• “울지 말고, 옆에 있을게.”
  “Ujimalgo, yeope isseulge.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Ujimalgo (울지 말고) – “Don’t cry.”
• Yeope isseulge (옆에 있을게) – “I’ll be by your side” or “I’ll stay next to you.”

• “울지 말고, 옆에 있을게.”
  “Don’t cry, I’ll be by your side.”

This phrase is a comforting way to reassure someone that you’ll stay with them during difficult times.

Question 512

Jinjeonghae

Gwaenchana, jinjeonghae

Neomu heungbunhaji malgo jinjeonghaseyo

Answer 512

• “진정해.”
  “Jinjeonghae.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Jinjeonghae (진정해) – “Calm down” (informal).

If you need a more formal or polite version, you can say:

• “진정하세요.”
  “Jinjeonghaseyo.”

1. “괜찮아, 진정해.”
   “Gwaenchana, jinjeonghae.”
   “It’s okay, calm down.”
2. “너무 흥분하지 말고 진정하세요.”
   “Neomu heungbunhaji malgo jinjeonghaseyo.”
   “Don’t get too excited, calm down.”

This phrase is used to help someone relax or calm their emotions in a stressful situation.

Question 513

Geugeot hajima

Geugeot hajima, wiheomhae!

Hajima, geugeon nappeun saenggakiya

Answer 513

“Hajima geoseun” (하지마 그것은) seems to be a combination of two different phrases. Let’s break it down:

• Hajima (하지마) means “Don’t do it” or “Stop it” (informal).
• Geoseun (그것은) means “That is” or “As for that.”

However, if you want to say “Don’t do that” in Korean, you would say:

• “그것 하지마.”
  “Geugeot hajima.”
  Meaning: “Don’t do that.”

1. “그것 하지마, 위험해!”
   “Geugeot hajima, wiheomhae!”
   “Don’t do that, it’s dangerous!”
2. “하지마, 그건 나쁜 생각이야.”
   “Hajima, geugeon nappeun saenggakiya.”
   “Don’t do it, that’s a bad idea.”

This phrase is typically used to stop someone from doing something, especially if it might be harmful or unwanted.

Question 514

Honja haji ma
Honja haji ma, doumi pilyohae.
I ireun honja haji ma, gati hae.

Honja gaji ma
Honja gamyeon an dwae
Honja gaji ma, wiheomhae

Answer 514

To say “Don’t do it alone” in Korean, you can use:

• “혼자 하지 마세요.”
  “Honja haji maseyo.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Honja (혼자) – “Alone” or “by oneself.”
• Haji (하지) – “Do” (verb stem).
• Maseyo (마세요) – “Don’t” (polite form).

1. “혼자 하지 마세요, 도움이 필요해요.”
   “Honja haji maseyo, doumi pilyohaeyo.”
   “Don’t do it alone, you need help.”
2. “이 일은 혼자 하지 마세요, 같이 해요.”
   “I ireun honja haji maseyo, gati haeyo.”
   “Don’t do this alone, let’s do it together.”

This phrase is used to advise someone not to undertake something by themselves and suggests seeking assistance or working together.
“Honja ga hajima” (혼자 가 하지마) can be understood as a combination of phrases:

• Honja (혼자) – “Alone” or “by oneself.”
• Ga (가) – This is often a particle that could be part of a verb structure or mean “go” (but it’s usually used with 가다 (gada) – “to go”).
• Hajima (하지마) – “Don’t do it” or “Stop it.”

A more accurate phrase for “Don’t go alone” would be:

• “혼자 가지 마세요.”
  “Honja gaji maseyo.”

Here’s the breakdown:

• Honja (혼자) – “Alone” or “by oneself.”
• Gaji (가지) – “Go” (verb stem).
• Maseyo (마세요) – “Don’t” (polite).

1. “혼자 가지 마세요, 위험해요.”
   “Honja gaji maseyo, wiheomhaeyo.”
   “Don’t go alone, it’s dangerous.”
2. “혼자 가면 안 돼요.”
   “Honja gamyeon an dwaeyo.”
   “You shouldn’t go alone.”

This phrase is used to advise someone against going somewhere alone, often due to safety concerns or other reasons.

Question 515

Jeoneun doumi pilyohae
Doumi pilyohamyeon eonjedeunji malhae juseyo

Honja haji ma
Geugeo haji ma
Dowajwo
Mul jom jwo

Answer 515

“Doumi” (도움이) means “help” or “assistance” in Korean. It is derived from the noun “도움” (doum), which means “help.”

1. “저는 도움이 필요해요.”
   “Jeoneun doumi pilyohaeyo.”
   “I need help.”
2. “도움이 필요하면 언제든지 말해 주세요.”
   “Doumi pilyohamyeon eonjedeunji malhae juseyo.”
   “If you need help, please let me know anytime.”

The informal version of “maseyo” (마세요) is:

• “하지 마” (haji ma) – “Don’t do it.”

1. “혼자 하지 마.”
   “Honja haji ma.”
   “Don’t do it alone.”
2. “그거 하지 마.”
   “Geugeo haji ma.”
   “Don’t do that.”

This informal version is used with friends or people you’re close to, whereas “maseyo” is used in polite or formal situations.
The informal version of “juseyo” (주세요), which means “please give” or “please do”, is:

• “줘” (jwo)

1. “물 좀 줘.”
   “Mul jom jwo.”
   “Give me some water.”
2. “도와줘.”
   “Dowajwo.”
   “Help me.”

This informal version is used with friends or people you’re close to, while “juseyo” is used in polite or formal contexts.

Question 516

Je gajang joahaneun eumsigeun hanguk eumsig-ieyo
Naneun maeil gimchireul meogeo

Answer 516

In Korean, you can say:

제 가장 좋아하는 음식은 한국 음식이에요
Je gajang joahaneun eumsigeun hanguk eumsig-ieyo
which means “My favorite food is Korean dishes.”

Here’s the breakdown:

제 (je) - My (formal)

가장 좋아하는 (gajang joahaneun) - favorite

음식 (eumsik) - food

한국 음식 (hanguk eumsik) - Korean food

이에요 (ieyo) - is
In Korean, you can say:

저는 매일 김치를 먹어요
Jeoneun maeil gimchireul meogeoyo
which means “I eat kimchi every day.”

Here’s the breakdown:

저는 (jeoneun) - I (formal)

매일 (maeil) - every day

김치 (gimchi) - kimchi

를 먹어요 (reul meogeoyo) - eat

So you’re telling everyone that you enjoy kimchi daily!

Perfect for sharing your love for Korean cuisine!